hit counter script
Fujitsu Airstage J-II Series Design & Technical Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Fujitsu Manuals
  4. Air Conditioner
  5. Airstage J-II Series
  6. Design & technical manual

Fujitsu Airstage J-II Series Design & Technical Manual

Small vrf system
Hide thumbs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Small VRF system
for light commercial and home use
DESIGN & TECHNICAL MANUAL

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Fujitsu Airstage J-II Series

Summary of Contents for Fujitsu Airstage J-II Series

  • Page 1 Small VRF system for light commercial and home use DESIGN & TECHNICAL MANUAL...
  • Page 2 CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 2. MODEL SELECTION 3. OUTDOOR UNITS 4. INDOOR UNITS 4. CONTROL SYSTEM 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 5. FUNCTION SETTING 8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT 9. NOTES 10. OPTIONAL PARTS...

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION MODEL LINE UP ............... 01-03 1-1. OUTDOOR UNIT ..................... 01-03 1-2. INDOOR UNIT ....................01-04 1-3. CONTROLLER ....................01-07 1-4. ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR / MAINTENANCE TOOL ........01-09 1-5. BRANCH KIT ....................01-11 1-6. CASSETTE GRILLE ..................01-12 1-7.

  • Page 4: Model Line Up

    CONTENTS 2. MODEL SELECTION 1. MODEL SELECTION PROCEDURE..........02 - 01 2. MODEL LINE UP ................02 - 02 2-1. OUTDOOR UNIT ................02 - 02 2-2. INDOOR UNIT ................... 02 - 03 2-3. OPTIONAL PARTS ................02 - 05 3.
  • Page 5 CONTENTS 2. MODEL SELECTION 8. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (INDOOR UNIT) ......02 - 51 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ............02 - 51 8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ..........02 - 53 8-3. CASSETTE TYPE ................02 - 55 8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ................02 - 57 8-5.
  • Page 6 CONTENTS 3. OUTDOOR UNITS SPECIFICATIONS ..............03 - 01 DIMENSIONS ................03 - 03 INSTALLATION SPACE ............03 - 04 3-1. SINGLE OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ..........03 - 04 3-2. MULTIPLE OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ..........03 - 05 3-3. OUTDOOR UNITS INSTALLATION IN MULTI ROW ........03 - 05 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT ............
  • Page 7 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS SPECIFICATIONS ..............04-01 1-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ................ 04-01 1-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ............04-03 1-3. CASSETTE TYPE................... 04-04 1-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ................... 04-06 1-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ......... 04-07 1-6.
  • Page 8 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS WIRING DIAGRAMS ..............04-70 4-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ................ 04-70 4-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ............04-72 4-3. CASSETTE TYPE................... 04-73 4-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ................... 04-74 4-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ......... 04-75 4-6.
  • Page 9 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS AIR FLOW ................04-200 NOISE LEVEL CURVE ............. 04-202 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ..............04-202 8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ............04-204 8-3. CASSETTE TYPE..................04-206 8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ..................04-207 8-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ........04-208 8-6.
  • Page 10 CONTENTS 3. OUTDOOR UNITS SPECIFICATIONS ..............03 - 01 DIMENSIONS ................03 - 03 INSTALLATION SPACE ............03 - 04 3-1. SINGLE OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ..........03 - 04 3-2. MULTIPLE OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ..........03 - 05 3-3. OUTDOOR UNITS INSTALLATION IN MULTI ROW ........03 - 05 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT ............
  • Page 11 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS SPECIFICATIONS ..............04-01 1-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ................ 04-01 1-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ............04-03 1-3. CASSETTE TYPE................... 04-04 1-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ................... 04-06 1-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ......... 04-07 1-6.
  • Page 12 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS WIRING DIAGRAMS ..............04-70 4-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ................ 04-70 4-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ............04-72 4-3. CASSETTE TYPE................... 04-73 4-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ................... 04-74 4-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ......... 04-75 4-6.
  • Page 13 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS AIR FLOW ................04-200 NOISE LEVEL CURVE ............. 04-202 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ..............04-202 8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ............04-204 8-3. CASSETTE TYPE..................04-206 8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ..................04-207 8-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ........04-208 8-6.
  • Page 14 CONTENTS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ..............05 - 01 1-1. LINE UP OF CONTROLLERS ..............05 - 01 1-2. CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN ..............05 - 03 1-3. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES ..........05 - 04 1-4. CONTROL SYSTEM FEATURES ............... 05 - 10 1-5.
  • Page 15 CONTENTS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 2-15. PRESSURE SENSOR KIT ................ 05 - 102 2-16. GROUP CONTROL METHOD ..............05 - 112 2-17. COMPARISON TABLE OF CONTROLLERS ..........05 - 114 ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR UNITS ......... 05 - 116 3-1. NETWORK CONVERTOR ................. 05 - 117 3-2.
  • Page 16 CONTENTS CONTENTS 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 1. SYSTEM DESIGN ................. 06 - 01 1-1. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM ..............06 - 01 1-2. VRF NETWORK SYSTEM ..............06 - 04 1-3. MOUNTING POSITION ................06 - 10 2. PIPING DESIGN ................06 - 12 2-1.
  • Page 17 CONTENTS 7. FUNCTION SETTING SYSTEM SETTING ..............07 - 01 1-1. SYSTEM TYPE SETTING ................07 - 01 1-2. ADDRESS SETTING ................... 07 - 03 1-3. MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING METHOD ..........07 - 07 1-4. ADDRESS SETTING BY REMOTE CONTROLLER ........07 - 16 1-4-1.
  • Page 18 CONTENTS 7. FUNCTION SETTING 2-10. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNKU) ........07 - 119 2-11. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER ............07 - 121 2-12. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER ..............07 - 123 2-13. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER ............07 - 124 2-14. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (Touch panel) ........07 - 125 2-14-1.
  • Page 19 CONTENTS 8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT ..........08 - 01 1-1. OUTDOOR UNIT ..................08 - 01 1-1-1. EXTERNAL INPUT ....................08 - 03 1-1-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT ..................08 - 05 1-1-3. OPTIONAL PARTS ....................08 - 06 1-1-4.
  • Page 20 CONTENTS 9. NOTES REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION PRECAUTIONS ..... 09-01 1-1. INTRODUCTION .................... 09-01 1-2. CHECKING CONCENTRATION LIMIT ............09-02 1-3. REFRIGERATION CONCENTRATION COUNTERMEASURES ....09-03 INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS ..........09-04 2-1. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS .......... 09-04 2-2. OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS ........09-07 COMPATIBILITY OF VRF SYSTEM ..........
  • Page 21 CONTENTS 10. OPTIONAL PARTS SEPARATION TUBE ..............10 - 01 1-1. SEPARATION TUBE FOR 2 PIPES ............ 10 - 04 1-2. SEPARATION TUBE FOR 3 PIPES ............ 10 - 10 OUTDOOR UNIT BRANCH KIT ..........10 - 16 HEADER ................... 10 - 20 3-1.
  • Page 22 1. GENERAL INFORMATION DTV_J2U045E_06--CHAPTER01 2018.03.16...
  • Page 23 CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION MODEL LINE UP ............... 01-03 1-1. OUTDOOR UNIT ..................... 01-03 1-2. INDOOR UNIT ....................01-04 1-3. CONTROLLER ....................01-07 1-4. ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR / MAINTENANCE TOOL ........01-09 1-5. BRANCH KIT ....................01-11 1-6. CASSETTE GRILLE ..................01-12 1-7.
  • Page 24 „ Function Type Destination Model code Function Function Function Chassis code R: Heat AO : Outdoor unit U: FUJITSU (kBtu/h) L: Inverter A: 1 Phase V: VRF pump 36 : (36) 48 : (48) 60 : (60) - (01-03) -...

  • Page 25: Indoor Unit

    1-2. INDOOR UNIT Various combinations of types and capacities, ranging from 4,000 to 60,000 Btu/h. „ LINE UP (1/3) „ Slim Medium Capacity Compact Circular flow duct/slim static Cassette Mini duct cassette cassette concealed pressure Model Btu/h floor duct code 4,000 7,500 9,500...
  • Page 26 „ LINE UP (2/3) „ Capacity High static Vertical air Compact Floor / ceiling Ceiling pressure duct handler floor Model Btu/h code 4,000 7,500 9,500 12,000 14,000 18,000 24,000 30,000 36,000 48,000 60,000 High static pressure duct Vertical air handler Compact floor ARUH36TLAV ARUV12TLAV...
  • Page 27 „ MODEL DESIGNATION „ Type Destination Model Model code Function Function Function Function Version AU: Cassette U: FUJITSU A: Standard (kBtu/h) T: Heat L: Inverter A: 1 Phase V: VRF (AU, AS) pump AR: Duct 7 (7.5) B: Large AB: Floor/Ceiling 9 (9.5)

  • Page 28: Controller

    1-3. CONTROLLER „ LINE UP „ Type Model System Controller UTY-APGXZ1 Option: UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2 Option: UTY-PLGXA2, UTY-PLGXR2, System Controller Lite UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-PLGXE2, UTY-PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2 Touch Panel Controller UTY-DTGYZ1 Option: UTY-PTGXA Central Remote Controller UTY-DCGY Wired Remote Controller (Touch panel) UTY-RNRUZ2 Wired Remote Controller UTY-RNKU Simple Remote Controller...
  • Page 29 „ MODEL DESIGNATION „ Series name Version Destination Type UTY : Control unit Y: FUJITSU APG: System Controller U: FUJITSU DTG: Touch Panel Controller (North American standard) DCG: Central Remote Controller X:Neutral brand RNR, RNK: Wired Remote Controller RSR, RSK: Simple Remote Controller...

  • Page 30: Adaptor / Convertor / Maintenance Tool

    Modbus ® ® open network for open network. ORKS management of small to medium- sized BMS. Thermostat Convertor Model: UTY-TTRX For control Fujitsu General products using a third-party thermostat. ® ® BACnet Gateway (Hardware) BACnet Gateway (Software) Model : UTY-VBGX...
  • Page 31 Service Tool Web Monitoring Tool Model : UTY-ASGXZ1 Model : UTY-AMGXZ1 Extensive monitoring and analysis Trouble free operation at all times by web monitoring system. functions for installation and The operation status of the VRF maintenance. Operation status network system within the and error history can be grasped building can be monitored in promptly and adequately.

  • Page 32: Branch Kit

    1-5. BRANCH KIT Separation Tube Model :UTP-AX090A Liquid Pipe Gas Pipe Header Model : UTR-H0906L Model : UTR-H0908L Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe Gas Pipe Gas Pipe - (01-11) -...

  • Page 33: Cassette Grille

    1-6. CASSETTE GRILLE Grid type grille Cassette grille Model: UTG-CCGVG Model : UTG-CCGV For Compact Cassette type For Compact Cassette type Cassette grille Cassette grille Model : UTG-LCGV Model : UTG-LCGVCW UTG-LCGVCB For Cassette type For Circular flow cassette type - (01-12) -...

  • Page 34: Others (Optional Parts)

    1-7. OTHERS (optional parts) Flange (Square) Flange (Round) Model : UTD-SF045T Model : UTD-RF204 For Medium Static Pressure Duct type For Medium Static Pressure Duct type For Ceiling type Long-life Filter Long-life Filter Model : UTD-LF25NA Model : UTD-LF60KA For Medium Static Pressure Duct type For High Static Pressure Duct type x 2 pcs x 2 pcs...
  • Page 35 Panel spacer Wide panel Model : UTG-BGYA-W Model : UTG-AGYA-W For Cassette type For Cassette type For Circular flow cassette type For Circular flow cassette type Half concealed kit Model : UTR-STA For Compact Floor type IR Receiver Unit IR Receiver Unit Model : UTY-LRHYB1 Model: UTB-YWC For all Duct type...
  • Page 36 Fresh air intake kit Fresh air intake kit Model : UTZ-VXRA Model : UTZ-VXAA For Cassette type For Compact Cassette type For Circular flow cassette type Auto louver grille kit Auto louver grille kit Model : UTD-GXTA-W Models : UTD-GXSA-W *1 UTD-GXSB-W *2 *1 For Slim Duct (7-14 models) For Slim Duct (7-14 models)
  • Page 37 External connect kit External connect kit Model: UTY-XWZXZ6 Model : UTY-XWZXZ7 For Indoor unit / For Outdoor unit Central remote controller External connect kit External connect kit Model: UTY-XWZXZ8 Model : UTY-XWZXZ9 For Outdoor unit For Central remote controller External connect kit External connect kit Model : UTY-XWZXZA Model : UTY-XWZXZB...
  • Page 38 2. MODEL SELECTION DTV_J2U045E_05--CHAPTER02 2018.03.16...
  • Page 39 CONTENTS 2. MODEL SELECTION 1. MODEL SELECTION PROCEDURE..........02 - 01 2. MODEL LINE UP ................02 - 02 2-1. OUTDOOR UNIT ................02 - 02 2-2. INDOOR UNIT ................... 02 - 03 2-3. OPTIONAL PARTS ................02 - 05 3.
  • Page 40 CONTENTS 2. MODEL SELECTION 8. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (INDOOR UNIT) ......02 - 51 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ............02 - 51 8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ..........02 - 53 8-3. CASSETTE TYPE ................02 - 55 8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ................02 - 57 8-5.
  • Page 41 1. MODEL SELECTION PROCEDURE See 2-2.MODEL LINE UP (INDOOR UNIT) and 3-1. SELECTION PROCEDURE OF INDOOR UNIT AND Selection of indoor units OUTDOOR UNIT Selection of required optional parts ● Cassette grille for all Cassette type See 2-3.MODEL LINE UP (OPTIONAL PARTS) See 2-1.MODEL LINE UP (OUTDOOR UNIT) and 3-1.
  • Page 42 2. MODEL LINE UP 2-1. OUTDOOR UNIT „ LINE UP „ Capacity Maximum connectable Indoor unit connectable (Btu/h) Model name indoor unit capacity (Btu/h) Cooling 36,000 AOU36RLAVM 18,000 to 46,800 48,000 AOU48RLAVM 24,000 to 62,400 60,000 AOU60RLAVM 30,000 to 78,000 - (02 - 02) -...
  • Page 43 2-2. INDOOR UNIT „ LINE UP „ Rated capacity (Btu/h) Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating 4,000 4,400 AUUA4TLAV1 7,500 9,500 AUUA7TLAV 9,500 10,900 AUUA9TLAV Compact UTG-CCGVG (Grid type grille) 12,000 13,500 AUUA12TLAV cassette UTG-CCGV (Standard type grille) 14,000 15,600 AUUA14TLAV 18,000 20,000...
  • Page 44 „ LINE UP (2/2) „ Rated capacity (Btu/h) Type Model name Remarks Cooling Heating 4,000 4,400 ASUA4TLAV1 ASUA7TLAV 7,500 9,500 ASUA7TLAV1 ASUA9TLAV 9,500 10,900 ASUA9TLAV1 ASUA12TLAV 12,000 13,500 ASUA12TLAV1 Wall mounted ASUA14TLAV 14,000 15,600 ASUA14TLAV1 ASUB18TLAV 18,000 20,000 ASUB18TLAV1 ASUB24TLAV 24,000 27,000 ASUB24TLAV1...

  • Page 45: Optional Parts

    2-3. OPTIONAL PARTS „ CONTROLLER „ Items Model name Remarks System Controller UTY-APGXZ1 Option: UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2 Option: UTY-PLGXA2, UTY-PLGXR2, UTY-PLGXE2, UTY- System Controller Lite UTY-ALGXZ1 PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2 UTY-DTGYZ1 Option: UTY-PTGXA Touch Panel Controller UTY-DTGY Central Remote Controller UTY-DCGY Wired Remote Controller (Touch panel) UTY-RNRUZ2 2-wire type Wired Remote Controller...
  • Page 46 „ OTHERS „ Items Model name Remarks Flange (Square) UTD-SF045T For Medium Static Pressure Duct type For Medium Static Pressure Duct type Flange (Round) UTD-RF204 For Ceiling type UTD-LF25NA For Medium Static Pressure Duct type Air Filter UTD-LF60KA For High Static Pressure Duct type UTZ-PU1NBA For Medium Static Pressure Duct type Drain Pump Unit...

  • Page 47: Model Selection And Capacity Calculation

    3. MODEL SELECTION AND CAPACITY CALCULATION 3-1. SELECTION PROCEDURE OF INDOOR UNIT AND OUTDOOR UNIT Please select indoor units and outdoor unit and make the capacity of each indoor unit be larger than cooling and heating load. Confirm the design indoor and outdoor temperature condition Calculate heat load of each room Select indoor unit to match the heat load for each room preliminarily Calculate the estimated capacity of each indoor units (Refer to 3-2)
  • Page 48 Select outdoor unit to match the total capacity of indoor units preliminarily (Confirm the rated capacity ratio of indoor and outdoor unit, the number of connectable indoor units within limit) Confirm if the capacity of outdoor unit. Calculate the compensated capacity of outdoor unit (Refer to 3-2) ●...

  • Page 49: Method Of Capacity Calculation

    3-2. METHOD OF CAPACITY CALCULATION The capacity calculation method which takes the effects of air temperature, pipe length and frosting/defrosting into consideration is shown below. 1. Calculate the estimated capacity of each indoor unit. (1) Find capacity of indoor unit at rated condition (TCin)r and at design temperature (TCin)d [from 7.

  • Page 50: The Example Of Calculation

    3-3. THE EXAMPLE OF CALCULATION Outdoor Design conditions: unit ● Temperature Indoor : 82°FDB / 68°FWB (28°CDB / 20°CWB) Outdoor : 95°FDB (35°CDB) ● Pipe length : 229 ft. (70 m) ● Height difference : 66 ft. (20 m) (Outdoor unit upper side) Pipe length, L=229 ft.
  • Page 51 1) Equation for capacity calculation of outdoor unit. i) Refer to 4. CAPACIYY TABLE (OUTDOOR UNIT) to find Y and Y using X and X ii) Calculate capacity of outdoor unit using following equation: Y=(Y ) / (X )  (X-X ) + Y (X, Y) Capacity ratio of indoor units to outdoor unit, X (%)

  • Page 52: Capacity Table Cooling (Outdoor Unit)

    4. CAPACITY TABLE COOLING (OUTDOOR UNIT) COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU36RLAVM „ in kBtu/h z Capacity : 36 kBtu/h (3 ton) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature cooling capacity 68 °FDB 59 °FWB 73 °FDB 61 °FWB 75 °FDB 63 °FWB 79 °FDB 64 °FWB 80 °FDB 67 °FWB 82 °FDB 68 °FWB 86 °FDB 72 °FWB 90 °FDB 73 °FWB...
  • Page 53 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU36RLAVM „ in kBtu/h z Capacity : 36 kBtu/h (3 ton) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature cooling capacity 68 °FDB 59 °FWB 73 °FDB 61 °FWB 75 °FDB 63 °FWB 79 °FDB 64 °FWB 80 °FDB 67 °FWB 82 °FDB 68 °FWB 86 °FDB 72 °FWB 90 °FDB 73 °FWB of indoor unit...
  • Page 54 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU36RLAVM „ in kBtu/h z Capacity : 36 kBtu/h (3 ton) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature cooling capacity 68 °FDB 59 °FWB 73 °FDB 61 °FWB 75 °FDB 63 °FWB 79 °FDB 64 °FWB 80 °FDB 67 °FWB 82 °FDB 68 °FWB 86 °FDB 72 °FWB 90 °FDB 73 °FWB of indoor unit...
  • Page 55 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU48RLAVM „ in kBtu/h z Capacity : 48 kBtu/h (4 ton) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature cooling capacity 68 °FDB 59 °FWB 73 °FDB 61 °FWB 75 °FDB 63 °FWB 79 °FDB 64 °FWB 80 °FDB 67 °FWB 82 °FDB 68 °FWB 86 °FDB 72 °FWB 90 °FDB 73 °FWB of indoor unit...
  • Page 56 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU48RLAVM „ in kBtu/h z Capacity : 48 kBtu/h (4 ton) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature cooling capacity 68 °FDB 59 °FWB 73 °FDB 61 °FWB 75 °FDB 63 °FWB 79 °FDB 64 °FWB 80 °FDB 67 °FWB 82 °FDB 68 °FWB 86 °FDB 72 °FWB 90 °FDB 73 °FWB of indoor unit...
  • Page 57 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU48RLAVM „ in kBtu/h z Capacity : 48 kBtu/h (4 ton) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature cooling capacity 68 °FDB 59 °FWB 73 °FDB 61 °FWB 75 °FDB 63 °FWB 79 °FDB 64 °FWB 80 °FDB 67 °FWB 82 °FDB 68 °FWB 86 °FDB 72 °FWB 90 °FDB 73 °FWB of indoor unit...
  • Page 58 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU60RLAVM „ in kBtu/h z Capacity : 60 kBtu/h (5 ton) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature cooling capacity 68 °FDB 59 °FWB 73 °FDB 61 °FWB 75 °FDB 63 °FWB 79 °FDB 64 °FWB 80 °FDB 67 °FWB 82 °FDB 68 °FWB 86 °FDB 72 °FWB 90 °FDB 73 °FWB of indoor unit...
  • Page 59 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU60RLAVM „ in kBtu/h z Capacity : 60 kBtu/h (5 ton) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature 68 °FDB 59 °FWB 73 °FDB 61 °FWB 75 °FDB 63 °FWB 79 °FDB 64 °FWB 80 °FDB 67 °FWB 82 °FDB 68 °FWB 86 °FDB 72 °FWB 90 °FDB 73 °FWB cooling capacity...
  • Page 60 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU60RLAVM „ in kBtu/h z Capacity : 60 kBtu/h (5 ton) „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Total rated temperature cooling capacity 68 °FDB 59 °FWB 73 °FDB 61 °FWB 75 °FDB 63 °FWB 79 °FDB 64 °FWB 80 °FDB 67 °FWB 82 °FDB 68 °FWB 86 °FDB 72 °FWB 90 °FDB 73 °FWB of indoor unit...

  • Page 61: Capacity Table Heating (Outdoor Unit)

    5. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (OUTDOOR UNIT) HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU36RLAVM „ z Capacity : 42 kBtu/h (3 ton) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature cooling capacity 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB of indoor unit (°FDB) (°FWB) -4.0 -5.3...
  • Page 62 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU36RLAVM „ z Capacity : 42 kBtu/h (3 ton) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature cooling capacity 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB of indoor unit (°FDB) (°FWB) -4.0 -5.3 33.6 3.68 33.6 3.77 33.6 3.89...
  • Page 63 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU48RLAVM „ z Capacity : 54 kBtu/h (4 ton) „ Indoor temperature Indoor temperature Total rated Total rated Outdoor temperature Outdoor temperature cooling capacity cooling capacity 16°CDB 61°FDB 18°CDB 64°FDB 20°CDB 68°FDB 21°CDB 70°FDB 22°CDB 72°FDB 24°CDB 75°FDB...
  • Page 64 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU48RLAVM „ z Capacity : 54 kBtu/h (4 ton) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature cooling capacity 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB of indoor unit (°FDB) (°FWB) -4.0 -5.3 36.5 3.73 36.5 3.82 36.4 3.95...
  • Page 65 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU60RLAVM „ z Capacity : 66 kBtu/h (5 ton) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature cooling capacity 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB of indoor unit (°FDB) (°FWB) -4.0 -5.3 40.8 3.70 40.8 3.81 40.8 3.97...
  • Page 66 HEATING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AOU60RLAVM „ z Capacity : 66 kBtu/h (5 ton) „ Indoor temperature Total rated Outdoor temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB cooling capacity of indoor unit (°FWB) (°FDB) -5.3 -4.0 40.8 4.26 40.8 4.37 40.8 4.53...

  • Page 67: Capacity Compensation Coefficient

    6. CAPACITY COMPENSATION COEFFICIENT „ COMPENSATION COEFFICIENT OF PIPE LENGTH „ The tables give the compensation coefficient of pipe length owing to installation position (pipe length, height difference). Pipe length and height difference are the length and the height difference between outdoor unit and indoor unit. z Cooling „...
  • Page 68 „ COMPENSATION COEFFICIENT OF FROSTING / DEFROSTING „ (HEATING OPERATION) To take the effects of accumulated frost and defrosting operation on heating capacity into consideration, the capacity of outdoor unit should be corrected by compensation coefficient shown in the table below. °FDB / 5 / 3 16 / 14...

  • Page 69: Capacity Table Cooling (Indoor Unit)

    7. CAPACITY TABLE COOLING (INDOOR UNIT) COOLING CAPACITY 7-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUA4TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB...
  • Page 70 COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUA14TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) 10.2...

  • Page 71: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    7-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUB18TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB)
  • Page 72 COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUB36TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) 22.8...

  • Page 73: Cassette Type

    COOLING CAPACITY 7-3. CASSETTE TYPE in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUB18TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB)
  • Page 74 COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUB30TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) 19.0...

  • Page 75: Mini Duct Type

    COOLING CAPACITY 7-4. MINI DUCT TYPE in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUL4TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB)

  • Page 76: Slim Duct / Slim Concealed Floor Type

    7-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUL7TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB...
  • Page 77 COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUL18TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) 11.4...

  • Page 78: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    7-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUM24TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB)

  • Page 79: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    7-7. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUH36TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB)

  • Page 80: Vertical Air Handler Type

    COOLING CAPACITY 7-8. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUV12TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB)
  • Page 81 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : ARUV36TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) 22.8 18.7...

  • Page 82: Compact Floor Type

    7-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AGUA4TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) „...
  • Page 83 COOLING CAPACITY „ MODEL : AGUA12TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) 10.4 12.0...

  • Page 84: Floor / Ceiling Type

    COOLING CAPACITY 7-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ABUA12TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB)

  • Page 85: Ceiling Type

    COOLING CAPACITY 7-11. CEILING TYPE in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ABUA30TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB)

  • Page 86: Wall Mounted Type

    COOLING CAPACITY 7-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ASUA4TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB)
  • Page 87 COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ASUA12TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) 10.4...
  • Page 88 COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ASUB18TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) 11.8...
  • Page 89 COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ASUA7TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) „...
  • Page 90 COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ASUB18TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) 11.4...

  • Page 91: Capacity Table Heating (Indoor Unit)

    8. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (INDOOR UNIT) 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUA4TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 21.2 23.0 26.6 24.8...
  • Page 92 HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUA14TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 10.5 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.3 15.8 14.0 11.5 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.3 11.3 11.2 15.0 17.0...

  • Page 93: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUB18TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 12.1 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9...
  • Page 94 HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUB36TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 20.8 20.8 20.8 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.6 24.1 24.0 24.0 23.8 23.8 23.8 23.7 10.4 26.9 26.8 26.6 26.6...

  • Page 95: Cassette Type

    8-3. CASSETTE TYPE HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUB18TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 12.1 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 10.4 13.4...
  • Page 96 HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AUUB30TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 17.7 17.7 17.7 17.6 17.6 17.6 17.5 20.5 20.4 20.4 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.2 10.4 22.8 22.7 22.6 22.6...

  • Page 97: Mini Duct Type

    HEATING CAPACITY 8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUL4TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 21.2 23.0 26.6 24.8 30.2 28.4...

  • Page 98: Slim Duct / Slim Concealed Floor Type

    8-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUL7TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FWB) (°FDB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 21.2 23.0 26.6 24.8 30.2 28.4...
  • Page 99 HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUL18TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 12.1 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 10.4 13.4 13.4 13.3 13.3...

  • Page 100: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    8-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUM24TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 14.1 14.1 14.1 14.0 14.0 14.0 13.9 16.3 16.2 16.2 16.1 16.1 16.1...

  • Page 101: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    8-7. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUH36TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 20.8 20.8 20.8 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.6 24.1 24.0 24.0 23.8 23.8 23.8...

  • Page 102: Vertical Air Handler Type

    8-8. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUV12TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 14.0 15.8 17.0 15.0 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 23.0 21.2 11.2 11.2...
  • Page 103 HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ARUV36TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 20.8 20.8 20.8 20.7 20.7 20.7 20.6 24.1 24.0 24.0 23.8 23.8 23.8 23.7 10.4 26.9 26.8 26.6 26.6...

  • Page 104: Compact Floor Type

    8-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE HEATING CAPACITY HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AGUA4TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 21.2 23.0 26.6 24.8 30.2 28.4...
  • Page 105 HEATING CAPACITY HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h in kBtu/h „ MODEL : AGUA12TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 21.2 23.0 11.2 11.2 11.1...

  • Page 106: Floor / Ceiling Type

    8-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ABUA12TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 23.0 21.2 11.2 11.2...

  • Page 107: Ceiling Type

    8-11. CEILING TYPE HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ABUA30TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 17.7 17.7 17.7 17.6 17.6 17.6 17.5 20.5 20.4 20.4 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.2 10.4 22.8...

  • Page 108: Wall Mounted Type

    8-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE HEATING CAPACITY HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ASUA4TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 21.2 23.0 26.6 24.8 30.2 28.4...
  • Page 109 HEATING CAPACITY HEATING CAPACITY HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h in kBtu/h in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ASUA12TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 10.1 10.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 21.2...
  • Page 110 HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ASUB18TLAV1 „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 12.1 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 10.4 13.4 13.4 13.3 13.3...
  • Page 111 HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ASUA7TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 15.8 14.0 17.0 15.0 23.0 21.2 26.6 24.8 30.2 28.4 32.0 30.2 35.6 33.8 41.0 39.2 10.1 10.1...
  • Page 112 HEATING CAPACITY in kBtu/h „ MODEL : ASUB18TLAV „ Indoor temperature Outdoor Temperature 61°FDB 64°FDB 68°FDB 70°FDB 72°FDB 75°FDB 79°FDB (°FDB) (°FWB) -2.7 -4.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 12.1 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 10.4 13.4 13.4 13.3 13.3...

  • Page 113: Outdoor Units

    3. OUTDOOR UNITS DTV_J2U045E_02--CHAPTER03 2016.04.13...
  • Page 114 CONTENTS 3. OUTDOOR UNITS SPECIFICATIONS ..............03 - 01 DIMENSIONS ................03 - 03 INSTALLATION SPACE ............03 - 04 3-1. SINGLE OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ..........03 - 04 3-2. MULTIPLE OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ..........03 - 05 3-3. OUTDOOR UNITS INSTALLATION IN MULTI ROW ........03 - 05 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT ............

  • Page 115: Specifications

    1. SPECIFICATIONS Nominal system capacity Model name AOU36RLAVM AOU48RLAVM AOU60RLAVM Power source 1 Phase 208 / 230V, 60 Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu / h 36,000 48,000 60,000 Cooling 10.6 14.1 17.6 Capacity Btu / h 42,000 54,000 66,000...
  • Page 116 Defrost method Reversed cycle Compressor capacity control (Steps / Range) 81 steps / 20-100 % Connectable indoor units Number 1 - 6 1 - 8 1 - 9 Note : Specifications are based on the following conditions. Cooling : Indoor temperature of 80°F(26.7°C)DB/67°F(19.4°C)WB,and outdoor temperature of 95°F(35.0°C)DB/75°F(23.9°C)WB. Heating : Indoor temperature of 70°F(21.1°C)DB/60°F(15.6°C)WB,and outdoor temperature of 47°F(8.3°C)DB/43°F(6.1°C)WB.

  • Page 117: Dimensions

    2. DIMENSIONS „ MODELS : AOU36RLAVM, AOU48RLAVM, AOU60RLAVM „ Unit : in. (mm) (166) (154) 6-9/16 25-9/16 (650) 6-1/16 1-7/16 (36) Top view 1-1/4 (32) 14-9/16 (370) 1/2 (12) 38-3/16 (970) Terminal blocks(Transmission) Terminal blocks(Power) 3-Way valve (Liquid) 3-Way valve (Gas) (Cable port) Φ1-1/8 (28)

  • Page 118: Installation Space

    3. INSTALLATION SPACE Caution ● The installation space shown in the following examples is based on an ambient temperature under cooling operation of 95 °F (35 °C) DB at the air intake of the outdoor unit. Provide more space around the air intake than shown in the examples if the ambient temperature exceeds 95 °F (35 °C) DB or if the thermal load of all of the outdoor units exceeds the capacity.

  • Page 119: Multiple Outdoor Unit Installation

    3-2. MULTIPLE OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION ● Provide at least 1 in. (25mm) of space between the outdoor units if multiple units are „ installed. ● When routing the piping from the side of an outdoor unit, provide space for the piping. „...

  • Page 120: Refrigerant Circuit

    4. REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT „ MODELS : AOU36RLAVM, AOU48RLAVM, AOU60RLAVM „ Outdoor unit EEV2 FAN1 FAN2 SCHEX EEV1 HPSW TH10 Indoor unit1 TH21 FAN21 TH23 EEV21 TH22 LIQUID LINE HEX21 GAS LINE Indoor unit2 TH21 FAN21 TH23 EEV21 TH22 HEX21 : Check valve : Strainer : Pressure regulation valve - (03 - 06) -...
  • Page 121 „ SYMBOL DESCRIPTION „ z Outdoor unit „ MARK DESCRIPTION Compressor (Inverter type) Heat exchanger FAN 1 Fan 1 FAN 2 Fan 2 Accumulator Oil separator SCHEX Sub-cool heat exchanger High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor HPSW High pressure sensor switch 4-way valve EEV 1 Electric expansion valve 1 EEV 2 Electric expansion valve 2...

  • Page 122: Wiring Diagram

    5. WIRING DIAGRAM „ MODELS : AOU36RLAVM, AOU48RLAVM „ - (03 - 08) -...
  • Page 123 „ MODELS : AOU60RLAVM „ - (03 - 09) -...

  • Page 124: Operation Range

    6. OPERATION RANGE Operation range Operation mode Indoor unit Outdoor unit 65 to 89 °F DB 23 to 115°F DB Cooling / Dry 18 to 32°C DB -5 to 46°C DB R.H. 80% or less 50 to 86°F DB -4 to 70 °F DB Heating 10 to 30°C DB -20 to 21°C DB...

  • Page 125: Noise Level Curve

    7. NOISE LEVEL CURVE „ MODEL : AOU36RLAVM „ z Cooling z Heating „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 126 „ MODEL : AOU60RLAVM „ z Cooling z Heating „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz - (03 - 12) -...
  • Page 127 „ SOUND LEVEL CHECK POINT „ Airflow Microphone 39-3/8 in. (1 m) - (03 - 13) -...

  • Page 128: Electric Characteristics

    8. ELECTRIC CHARACTERISTICS Voltage MAX.CKT.BKR GFEB Model name AOU36RLAVM 208 / 230 30 mA AOU48RLAVM 208 / 230 0.1 sec or less AOU60RLAVM 208 / 230 MCA: Minimum Circuit Amp. MAX.CKT BKR: Maximum Circuit Braker ・ Select the appropriate breaker of the described specification according to the national or regional standards.

  • Page 129: Safety Devices

    9. SAFETY DEVICES Safety device AOU36RLAVM AOU48RLAVM AOU60RLAVM Fuse AC 250V 5A (Filter PCB) Protector AC 500V 45A (Filter PCB) Overcurrent protection Compressor Activate 230°F (110°C): Compressor stop Protector Temperature protection Reset 176°F (80°C): Compressor restart Activate 580 psi (4.0MPa) High Pressure Protection Reset...
  • Page 130 4. INDOOR UNITS DTV_VR2U025E_10-CHAPTER04 2018.01.26...
  • Page 131 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS SPECIFICATIONS ..............04-01 1-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ................ 04-01 1-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ............04-03 1-3. CASSETTE TYPE................... 04-04 1-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ................... 04-06 1-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ......... 04-07 1-6.
  • Page 132 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS WIRING DIAGRAMS ..............04-70 4-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ................ 04-70 4-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ............04-72 4-3. CASSETTE TYPE................... 04-73 4-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ................... 04-74 4-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ......... 04-75 4-6.
  • Page 133 CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS AIR FLOW ................04-200 NOISE LEVEL CURVE ............. 04-202 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE ..............04-202 8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE ............04-204 8-3. CASSETTE TYPE..................04-206 8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE ..................04-207 8-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ........04-208 8-6.

  • Page 134: Compact Cassette Type

    1. SPECIFICATIONS 1-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE Model name AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 4,000 7,500 9,500 12,000 14,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 4,400 9,500 10,900 13,500 15,600 Heating Input power...
  • Page 135 Model name AUUA18TLAV AUUA24TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 18,000 24,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power High (710) (1,030) Airflow rate / h) (580) (830) (400) (450) Type x Quantity Turbo ×...

  • Page 136: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    1-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE Model name AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 AUUB30TLAV1 AUUB36TLAV1 AUUB48TLAV1 Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 18,000 24,000 30,000 36,000 48,000 Cooling 10.6 14.1 Capacity Btu/h 20,000 27,000 34,000 40,000 54,000 Heating...

  • Page 137: Cassette Type

    1-3. CASSETTE TYPE Model name AUUB18TLAV AUUB24TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Capacity Btu/h 18,000 24,000 Cooling Btu/h 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power High (1,150) (1,280) Airflow rate / h) (940) (1,040) (870) (870)
  • Page 138 Model name AUUB30TLAV AUUB36TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Capacity Btu/h 30,000 36,000 Cooling 10.6 Btu/h 34,000 40,000 Heating 10.0 11.7 Input power 1,059 High (1,600) (1,800) Airflow rate / h) (1,300) (1,300) (1,100)

  • Page 139: Mini Duct Type

    1-4. MINI DUCT TYPE Model name ARUL4TLAV1 Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Capacity Btu/h 4,000 Cooling Btu/h 4,400 Heating Input power Static pressure range in.WG(Pa) 0 to 0.12 (0 to 30) Standard static pressure in.WG(Pa) 0.04 (10)

  • Page 140: Slim Duct / Slim Concealed Floor Type

    1-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE Model name ARUL7TLAV ARUL9TLAV ARUL12TLAV ARUL14TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Capacity Btu/h 7,500 9,500 12,000 14,000 Cooling Btu/h 9,500 10,900 13,500 15,600 Heating Input power Static pressure range...
  • Page 141 Model name ARUL18TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Capacity Btu/h 18,000 Cooling Btu/h 20,000 Heating Input power Static pressure range in.WG(Pa) 0 to 0.36 (0 to 90) Standard static pressure in.WG(Pa) 0.10 (25) High (940)

  • Page 142: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    1-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE Model name ARUM24TLAV ARUM30TLAV ARUM36TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Capacity Btu/h 24,000 30,000 36,000 Cooling 10.6 Btu/h 27,000 34,000 40,000 Heating 10.0 11.7 Input power Static pressure range in.WG(Pa) 0 to 0.60 (0 to 150)

  • Page 143: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    1-7. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE Model name ARUH36TLAV ARUH48TLAV ARUH60TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 36,000 48,000 60,000 Cooling 10.6 14.1 17.6 Capacity Btu/h 40,000 54,000 67,000 Heating 11.7 15.8 19.6 Input power...
  • Page 144 Model name ARUH72TLAV1 ARUH96TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 72,000 96,000 Cooling 21.1 28.1 Capacity Btu/h 81,000 108,000 Heating 23.7 31.7 Input power Static pressure range in.WG(Pa) 0 to 1.2 (0 to 300) Standard static pressure in.WG(Pa) 0.60(150)

  • Page 145: Vertical Air Handler Type

    1-8. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE Model name ARUV12TLAV ARUV18TLAV ARUV24TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 12,000 18,000 24,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 13,500 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power 0.10 to 0.70 Static pressure range in.WG(Pa) 0.10 to 0.80 (25 to 200)
  • Page 146 Model name ARUV30TLAV ARUV36TLAV ARUV48TLAV ARUV60TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 30,000 36,000 48,000 60,000 Cooling 10.6 14.1 17.6 Capacity Btu/h 34,000 40,000 54,000 67,000 Heating 10.0 11.7 15.8 19.6 Input power Static pressure range in.WG(Pa)

  • Page 147: Compact Floor Type

    1-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE Model name AGUA4TLAV1 AGUA7TLAV1 AGUA9TLAV1 AGUA12TLAV1 AGUA14TLAV1 Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 4,000 7,500 9,500 12,000 14,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 4,400 9,500 10,900 13,500 15,600 Heating Input power 12/14 224/253...

  • Page 148: Floor / Ceiling Type

    1-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE Model name ABUA12TLAV ABUA14TLAV ABUA18TLAV ABUA24TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 12,000 14,000 18,000 24,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 13,500 15,600 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power High (660) (780)

  • Page 149: Ceiling Type

    1-11. CEILING TYPE Model name ABUA30TLAV ABUA36TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 30,000 36,000 Cooling 10.6 Capacity Btu/h 34,000 40,000 Heating 10.0 11.7 Input power High (1,630) (1,690) Airflow rate / h) (1,370) (1,400)

  • Page 150: Wall Mounted Type

    1-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE Model name ASUA4TLAV1 ASUA7TLAV1 ASUA9TLAV1 ASUA12TLAV1 ASUA14TLAV1 Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 4,000 7,500 9,500 12,000 14,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 4,400 9,500 10,900 13,500 15,600 Heating Input power High (430)
  • Page 151 Model name ASUB18TLAV1 ASUB24TLAV1 Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 18,000 24,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power High (840) (1,100) Airflow rate / h) (770) (910) (690) (730) Type x Quantity Cross flow ×...
  • Page 152 Model name ASUB30TLAV1 ASUB36TLAV1 Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 30,000 34,000 Cooling 10.0 Capacity Btu/h 34,000 38,000 Heating 10.0 11.2 Input power High 848 (1,440) 954/895 (1,620/1,520) Med-Hi 706 (1,200) 765 (1,300) 618 (1,050) 659 (1,120)
  • Page 153 Model name ASUA7TLAV ASUA9TLAV ASUA12TLAV ASUA14TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 7,500 9,500 12,000 14,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 9,500 10,900 13,500 15,600 Heating Input power High (490) (500) (560) (670) Airflow rate / h) (450)
  • Page 154 Model name ASUB18TLAV ASUB24TLAV Power source 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253 V Btu/h 18,000 24,000 Cooling Capacity Btu/h 20,000 27,000 Heating Input power High (840) (1,100) Airflow rate / h) (770) (910) (690) (730) Type x Quantity Cross flow ×...
  • Page 155 2. ELECTRIC CHARACTERISTICS Indoor Unit Power Supply Indoor Rated MAX.CKT. Input Voltage Frequency Current Type Model Power (Hz) (kW) AUUA4TLAV1 0.29 0.023 0.17 0.23 AUUA7TLAV 0.51 0.025 0.17 0.41 AUUA9TLAV 0.51 0.025 0.17 0.41 0.41 Compact cassette AUUA12TLAV 0.51 0.029 0.20 AUUA14TLAV 0.51...
  • Page 156 Indoor Unit Power Supply Indoor Rated MAX.CKT. Input Voltage Frequency Current Type Model Power (Hz) (kW) AGUA4TLAV1 0.22 0.014 0.13 0.17 AGUA7TLAV1 0.24 0.016 0.14 0.19 Compact floor AGUA9TLAV1 0.25 0.017 0.15 0.20 0.30 0.022 0.18 0.24 AGUA12TLAV1 AGUA14TLAV1 0.38 0.029 0.23 0.30...
  • Page 157 3. DIMENSIONS 3-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS : AUUA4TLAV1, AUUA7TLAV, AUUA9TLAV, AUUA12TLAV, „ AUUA14TLAV, AUUA18TLAV, AUUA24TLAV Unit : in. (mm) Grid type grille 24-7/16 (620) Cassette grille Standard type Grid type 22-13/16 to 26 22-13/16 to 24 (580 to 660) (580 to 610) IR receiver Standard type grille...
  • Page 158 „ INSTALLATION LOCATION „ Unit : in. (mm) Strong and durable ceiling 11 (262) or more 40 (1,000) 40 (1,000) or more or more 71 (1,800) or more Obstruction Floor H (The maximum height from floor to ceiling) Model name AUUA7 AUUA9 AUUA12...
  • Page 159 3-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS: AUUB18TLAV1, AUUB24TLAV1, AUUB30TLAV1 „ Unit : in. (mm) 31-5/16 (796) 37-3/8 (950) 13-7/16 (342) 10-15/16 2-1/8 13-7/16 (342) (60) (278) AUUB18 AUUB24, AUUB30 Liquid ø 1/4 (6.35) ø 3/8 (9.52)  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø...
  • Page 160 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ 11 in. (256 mm) or more (AUUB18,24,30) 12 in. (298 mm) or more (AUUB36,48) Strong and durable ceiling 60 in. (1,500 mm ) or more 119 in. (3,000 mm) or more 71 in. (1,800 mm) to H 40 in.
  • Page 161 „ MODELS: AUUB36TLAV1, AUUB48TLAV1 „ Unit : in. (mm) 31-5/16 (796) 37-3/8 (950) 13-7/16 (342) 2-1/8 10-15/16 13-7/16 (342) (60) (278) AUUB36, AUUB48 Liquid ø 3/8 (9.52)  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 5/8 (15.88)  Drain hose ø 3/4 (I.D.), ø 1-1/16 (O.D.) ...
  • Page 162 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ 11 in. (256 mm) or more (AUUB18,24,30) 12 in. (298 mm) or more (AUUB36,48) Strong and durable ceiling 60 in. (1,500 mm ) or more 119 in. (3,000 mm) or more 71 in. (1,800 mm) to H 40 in.
  • Page 163 3-3. CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS : AUUB18TLAV, AUUB24TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) IR receiver 37-3/8 (950) 31-5/16 (796) (Option) Hanging bolt position  Drain hose View A 14-1/8 (358) (Control Box) 14-1/8 (358) 10-15/16 (278) 2-3/8 (60) 1-9/16 (40) ...
  • Page 164 „ MODELS : AUUB30TLAV, AUUB36TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) IR receiver 37-3/8 (950) 31-5/16 (796) (Option) Hanging bolt position  Drain hose View A 14-1/8 (358) (Control Box) 14-1/8 (358) 10-15/16 (278) 2-3/8 (60) 1-9/16 (40)   Ceiling Wire hole 3-15/16 (100) 3-15/16 (100) 9-13/16 (250)
  • Page 165 Unit : in. (mm) „ INSTALLATION LOCATION „ Strong and durable ceiling 11 (256) or more (AUUB18,24) 12 (298) or more (AUUB30,36) (1,500) 119 (3,000) or more or more 71 (1,800) Obstruction or more Floor H (The maximum height from floor to ceiling) Model name AUUB18 AUUB24...
  • Page 166 3-4. MINI DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARUL4TLAV1 „ Unit : in. (mm) 2-1/16 22-5/8 (575) (52) Rear view View A (Drain hose) P3-15/16 (100) × 6 = 23-5/8 (600) 1-15/16 25-9/16 (650) (49) 3-1/16 29-5/8 (752) 2-3/16 1-15/16 (78) (56) (49) 2-5/8 Top view...
  • Page 167 Unit : in. (mm) „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Strong and durable ceiling Indoor unit Left Right side side 16 (400) 6 (150) or or more more  16 (400) or more when drain from drain pipe  • When intaking air from back 12 (300) or more 1 (5) or more 1 (20) or more...
  • Page 168 3-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS : ARUL7TLAV, ARUL9TLAV, ARUL12TLAV, ARUL14TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) 22-5/8 (574) 2 (51) View A Rear view (Drain hose) Drain port 3-15/16 (100) x 6 = 23-5/8 (600) 1-7/8 (47) 2-3/16 (55) 25-9/16 (650) 3-1/16 (78)
  • Page 169 „ MODEL : ARUL18TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) 2 (51) 30-1/2 (774) Rear view View A (Drain hose) Drain port 1-7/8 (47) 3-15/16 (100) x 8 = 31-1/2 (800) 2-3/16 (55) 3-1/16 (78) 33-7/16 (850) 3-1/2 (89) 36-3/4 (934) 4-11/16 (119) 3-7/16 (87) Top view...
  • Page 170 „ INSTALLATION LOCATION Unit : in. (mm) „ 12 (300) or more Strong and durable ceiling 1 (20) or more Indoor unit Left Right side side 1 (20) or more 16 (400) 6 (150) Service access Ceiling or more or more Floor 1 (10) 1 (10)
  • Page 171 „ MAINTENANCE SPACE „ Unit : in. (mm) Provide a service access for inspection purposes as shown below. Do not place any wiring or illumination in the service space, as they will impede service Service space [Top view] 16 (400) or more Indoor unit Service access...
  • Page 172 3-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODELS : ARUM24TLAV, ARUM30TLAV, ARUM36TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) 5-7/16 (138) 10-3/8 (264) 10-3/8 (264) 10-3/8 (264) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/4 (82) Ø8-1/16 (205) (hole) 2-15/16 (75) 4-Ø1/8 (3.2) (hole) P.C.D. Ø8-7/8 (225) Front view 4-1/2 (114) Bolt pitch 46-5/16 (1177)
  • Page 173 Unit : in. (mm) „ INSTALLATION LOCATION  1 „ Strong and durable ceiling  1 When drain pump is used, leave the space required for service and maintenance (Refer to chapter 10. 9-1. DRAIN PUMP UNIT)  2 When drain hose is connected, the required dimension is 16 (400) or more.
  • Page 174 3-7. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODELS : ARUH36TLAV, ARUH48TLAV, ARUH60TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) Rear view 42-1/2 (1080) 39-3/8 (1000) 33-15/16 (862) : Inlet dimension Inlet dimension 6-1/8 (155) Drain port 12-Ø1/8 (3) P4-3/4 (120) x 2 Side view (R) = 9-7/16 (240) 1-1/8 (28)
  • Page 175 „ INSTALLATION LOCATION „ Unit : in. (mm) Strong and durable ceiling „ MAINTENANCE SPACE „ Provide a service access for inspection purposes as shown below. Do not place any wiring or illumination in the service space, as they will impede service.
  • Page 176 „ MODEL : ARUH72TLAV1 „ Unit : in. (mm) 2-3/8(60) 1-15/16(49) 3-3/16(81) 62-1/2(1587) 17-11/16(450) 5/16(8) 55-1/2(1410)(BOLT PITCH) 14-9/16(370) 9/16(15) 5-7/8(149) 49-3/16(1250) : Inlet dimension Inlet dimension 2-9/16(65) P6-5/16(160)x2 P5-7/8(150)x7=41-5/16(1050) 2-15/16(75) =12-5/8(320) 9/16(15) Φ1/8(3) 47-1/4(1200) : Outlet dimension 4-15/16(125) 1-3/8(35) 13-3/4(350) 57-1/16(1450) 4-5/8(117) Outlet dimension...
  • Page 177 „ MODEL : ARUH96TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) 2-3/8(60) 1-15/16(49) 3-3/16(81) 62-1/2(1587) 21-5/8(550) 5/16(8) 55-1/2(1410)(BOLT PITCH) 18-1/2(470) 9/16(15) 49-3/16(1250) : Inlet dimension 5-7/8(149) Inlet dimension 2-9/16(65) P6-5/16(160)x2 P5-7/8(150)x7=41-5/16(1050) 2-15/16(75) =12-5/8(320) 9/16(15) 47-1/4(1200) : Outlet dimension 4-15/16(125) 1-3/8(35) 13-3/4(350) 57-1/16(1450) 4-5/8(117) Outlet dimension (Drain hose)
  • Page 178 „ INSTALLATION LOCATION „ Unit : in. (mm) (a) When service access will be carried out above the indoor unit a recommended installation space of 18in.(450mm) is required. 18(450) more Service space 18(450) or more (b) Installation by which service is carried out from the bottom of the unit 1(20) Service space...
  • Page 179 3-8. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE „ MODEL: ARUV12TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) Bottom view Top view Front view Side view ARUV12 Liquid ø 1/4 (6.35)  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 1/2 (12.70)  Drain port ø 3/4 (I.D.) ...
  • Page 180 „ MODELS: ARUV18TLAV, ARUV24TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) Bottom view Top view Front view Side view ARUV18, ARUV24 Liquid ø 3/8 (9.52)  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 5/8 (15.88)  Drain port ø 3/4 (I.D.)  - (04-47) -...
  • Page 181 „ MODEL: ARUV30TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) Bottom view Top view Side view Front view ARUV30 Liquid ø 3/8 (9.52)  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 5/8 (15.88)  Drain port ø 3/4 (I.D.)  - (04-48) -...
  • Page 182 „ MODEL: ARUV36TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) Bottom view Top view Front view Side view ARUV36 Liquid ø 3/8 (9.52)  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 3/4 (19.05)  Drain port ø 3/4 (I.D.)  - (04-49) -...
  • Page 183 „ MODELS: ARUV48TLAV, ARUV60TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) Bottom view Top view Front view Side view ARUV48, ARUV60 Liquid ø 3/8 (9.52)  Refrigerant pipe flare connection ø 3/4 (19.05)  Drain port ø 3/4 (I.D.)  - (04-50) -...
  • Page 184 „ INSTALLATION LOCATION „ Unit : in. (mm) Top view 2 (51) or more 3 (76) or more 3 (76) or more 6 (152) or more 36 (914) or more 6 (152) 6 (152) or more or more 36 (914) or more 36 (914) or more...
  • Page 185 3-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS: AGUA4TLAV1, AGUA7TLAV1, AGUA9TLAV1, „ AGUA12TLAV1, AGUA14TLAV1 Unit : in. (mm) 29-1/8 (740) 7-7/8 (200) 3-7/8 (98) 15/16 (24) 21-5/8 (550) 5-1/16 (129) 29-1/8 (740) 9-9/16 (243) 9-9/16 (243) 2-5/16 2-5/16 (59) (59) AGUA4, AGUA7, AGUA9 AGUA12, AGUA14 Liquid ø...
  • Page 186 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Unit : in. (mm) 4 (100) or more 4 (80) or more 4 (80) or more 2 (50) or more (Wall cap) 6 (150) or below from the floor 4 (100) or more 4 (80) or more 4 (80) or more Indoor Upper air outlet...
  • Page 187 3-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ MODELS : ABUA12TLAV, ABUA14TLAV, ABUA18TLAV, „ ABUA24TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 35-7/16 (900) 19-11/16 (500) 3-15/16 4-7/8 (124) (100) 3-15/16 1-7/8 (47) (100) 1-1/8 (28) 7-13/16 (199) 3-15/16 (100) 1-13/16 (72) 2-5/16 (58) 1-13/16 (46) 2-13/16 (72) 2-5/8 (67) (Drain hose)
  • Page 188 „ INSTALLATION LOCATION „ Unit : in. (mm) Left Right 12 (300) or more 12 (300) or more Ceiling Ceiling Left Right Indoor unit 91 (2300) 6 (150) or more 12 (300) or more 1 (20) or more or more Floor 39 (990) 9-5/8...
  • Page 189 3-11. CEILING TYPE „ MODELS : ABUA30TLAV, ABUA36TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) 65-3/8 (1660) 63 (1600) 4-1/2 3-15/16 3-7/16 6-1/2 (115) (100) (88) (165) 9-7/16 (240) 3-1/4 5-5/16 (82) (135) 6-5/16 (160) 6-5/16 (160) 4-5/8 3-3/4 (96) (118) (Drain hose) 7-15/16 (202) Drain port Drain port...
  • Page 190 „ INSTALLATION LOCATION „ Unit : in. (mm) Ceiling Ceiling panel INDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT Ceiling Ceiling panel 4 (80) 6 (150) 4 (80) 6 (150) or more or more or more or more 1 (10) or more 1 (10) or more 99 (2500) or more 99 (2500)
  • Page 191 3-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ MODELS: ASUA4TLAV1, ASUA7TLAV1, ASUA9TLAV1 „ Unit : in. (mm) 32-5/16 (820) 8-1/8 (206) 16-15/16 (431) 1/8 (3) 19-3/16 (487) 15/16 (24) 26-9/16 (675) 32-5/16 (820) 1-7/8 (48) 14 (355) 13-9/16 (345) 2-13/16 (72) Outline of unit 3-9/16 (91) 12-5/16 (312) 12-5/8 (321)
  • Page 192 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Unit : in. (mm) Outline of unit 8 (200) or more 3 (70) or more 60 (1,500) or more - (04-59) -...
  • Page 193 „ MODELS: ASUA12TLAV1, ASUA14TLAV1 „ Unit : in. (mm) 33-1/16 (840) 8 (203) 33-1/16 (840) 16-1/8 (410) 16-15/16 (430) 12-3/16 (310) 11-5/8 (295) Gas pipe: 12-3/8 (315) Liquid pipe: 15 (381) ø2-9/16 (65) ø2-9/16 (65) for pipe inlet for pipe inlet 6-1/2 (165) 5-11/16 (144) 9-3/16 (233)
  • Page 194 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Unit : in. (mm) 1 (25) 5 (122) 3 (70) 8 (200) 60 (1,500) - (04-61) -...
  • Page 195 „ MODELS: ASUB18TLAV1, ASUB24TLAV1 „ Unit : in. (mm) 39-5/16 (998) 9 (238) 20-1/2 (520) 23-1/4 (590) 1 (25) 28-3/8 (721) 39-5/16 (998) 18-9/16 (471) 17 (432) 1-1/8 (28) 2-5/8 (67) Outline of unit 2-3/8 (61) 17-1/4 (438) 15-5/8 (397) 4 (102) Ø...
  • Page 196 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Unit : in. (mm) Outline of unit 6 (133) 1 (22) or more or more 8 (200) or more 2 (50) or more 60 (1500) or more - (04-63) -...
  • Page 197 „ MODELS: ASUB30TLAV1, ASUB36TLAV1 „ Unit : in. (mm) 45-1/4 (1150) 11 (280) 1/8 (3) 24-7/16 (621) (22) 26-9/16 (674) 28-9/16 (725) 45-1/4 (1150) 3-9/16 (90) 13/16 (21) 20-1/2 (520) 20-1/2 (520) Outline of unit 2-1/2 (64) 5/8 (16) 13-3/8 (340) 1-15/16 1-15/16...
  • Page 198 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Unit : in. (mm) Outline of unit 3 (59) 5 (120) or more or more 3 (70) 8 (200) or more or more 60 (1500) or more - (04-65) -...
  • Page 199 „ MODELS : ASUA7TLAV, ASUA9TLAV, ASUA12TLAV, „ ASUA14TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 8-7/16 (215) 31-1/8 (790) 18-1/2 (470) 20-7/8 (530) 26 (660) 15/16 (24) 18-1/2 (470) 20-7/8 (530) 14-7/8 (378) 16-1/4 (412) 3/16 x 3/4 (5 x 19) (hole) for bolt 9-15/16 (252.5) 8-1/16 (204) 7-1/2 (191)
  • Page 200 „ INSTALLATION LOCATION „ Unit : in. (mm) Outline of unit 2 (49) or more 2 (44) or more 3 (60) or more 4 (90) or more 60 (1500) or more - (04-67) -...
  • Page 201 „ MODELS : ASUB18TLAV, ASUB24TLAV „ Unit : in. (mm) 39-5/16 (998) 20-1/2 (520) 23-1/4 (590) 9 (228) 1 (25) 28-3/8 (721) 20-1/2 (520) 13/16 (20) 1-7/16 (37) Unit center 15-3/4 (400) 17-5/16 (439) 11/16 x 7/16 (18 x 11) hole 5/8 (16) 4-7/16 (113) 15-1/4 (387)
  • Page 202 „ INSTALLATION PLACE „ Unit : in. (mm) Outline of unit 1 (22) or more 6 (133) or more 2 (50) or more 8 (200) or more 60 (1500) or more - (04-69) -...

  • Page 203: Compact Cassette Type

    4. WIRING DIAGRAMS 4-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE „ MODEL : AUUA4TLAV1 „ - (04-70) -...
  • Page 204 „ MODELS : AUUA7TLAV, AUUA9TLAV, AUUA12TLAV, AUUA14TLAV, „ AUUA18TLAV, AUUA24TLAV - (04-71) -...

  • Page 205: Circular Flow Cassette Type

    4-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS : AUUB18TLAV1, AUUB24TLAV1, AUUB30TLAV1, „ AUUB36TLAV1, AUUB48TLAV1 - (04-72) -...

  • Page 206: Cassette Type

    4-3. CASSETTE TYPE „ MODELS : AUUB18TLAV, AUUB24TLAV, AUUB30TLAV, „ AUUB36TLAV - (04-73) -...

  • Page 207: Mini Duct Type

    4-4. MINI DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARUL4TLAV1 „ - (04-74) -...

  • Page 208: Slim Duct / Slim Concealed Floor Type

    4-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS : ARUL7TLAV, ARUL9TLAV, ARUL12TLAV, „ ARUL14TLAV, ARUL18TLAV - (04-75) -...

  • Page 209: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    4-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODELS : ARUM24TLAV, ARUM30TLAV, ARUM36TLAV „ - (04-76) -...

  • Page 210: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    4-7. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODELS : ARUH36TLAV, ARUH48TLAV, ARUH60TLAV „ - (04-77) -...
  • Page 211 „ MODELS : ARUH72TLAV1, ARUH96TLAV „ - (04-78) -...

  • Page 212: Vertical Air Handler Type

    4-8. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE „ MODELS: ARUV12TLAV, ARUV18TLAV, ARUV24TLAV, „ ARUV30TLAV, ARUV36TLAV, ARUV48TLAV, ARUV60TLAV - (04-79) -...

  • Page 213: Compact Floor Type

    4-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ MODELS: AGUA4TLAV1, AGUA7TLAV1, AGUA9TLAV1, „ AGUA12TLAV1, AGUA14TLAV1 - (04-80) -...
  • Page 214 4-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ MODELS : ABUA12TLAV, ABUA14TLAV, ABUA18TLAV, „ ABUA24TLAV - (04-81) -...
  • Page 215 4-11. CEILING TYPE „ MODELS : ABUA30TLAV, ABUA36TLAV „ - (04-82) -...

  • Page 216: Wall Mounted Type

    4-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ MODELS: ASUA4TLAV1, ASUA7TLAV1, ASUA9TLAV1 „ - (04-83) -...
  • Page 217 „ MODELS: ASUA12TLAV1, ASUA14TLAV1 „ - (04-84) -...
  • Page 218 „ MODELS: ASUB18TLAV1, ASUB24TLAV1 „ - (04-85) -...
  • Page 219 „ MODELS: ASUB30TLAV1, ASUB36TLAV1 „ - (04-86) -...
  • Page 220 „ MODELS : ASUA7TLAV, ASUA9TLAV, ASUA12TLAV, „ ASUA14TLAV - (04-87) -...
  • Page 221 „ MODELS : ASUB18TLAV, ASUB24TLAV „ - (04-88) -...
  • Page 222 5. AIR VELOCITY AND TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTIONS 5-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE Conditions „ MODEL: AUUA4TLAV1 Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 223 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V z Air velocity distribution „ Reference Data Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution...
  • Page 224 Conditions „ MODEL : AUUA7TLAV Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 13 4 10 3 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 225 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „...
  • Page 226 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL : AUUA9TLAV „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 13 4 10 3 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25)
  • Page 227 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „...
  • Page 228 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL : AUUA12TLAV „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 13 4 1 (0.25) 10 3 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25)
  • Page 229 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : °F...
  • Page 230 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL : AUUA14TLAV „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 13 4 1 (0.25) 10 3 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25)
  • Page 231 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „...
  • Page 232 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL : AUUA18TLAV „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 13 4 10 3 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 233 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „...
  • Page 234 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL : AUUA24TLAV „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 13 4 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 10 3 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 235 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „...
  • Page 236 5-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL: AUUB018TLAV1 „ z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) (0.25)
  • Page 237 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) (ft.)
  • Page 238 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUUB24TLAV1 „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 2 (0.5) (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 239 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) (ft.)
  • Page 240 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUUB30TLAV1 „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 241 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) (ft.)
  • Page 242 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUUB36TLAV1 „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 243 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) (ft.)
  • Page 244 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL: AUUB48TLAV1 „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 245 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) (ft.)
  • Page 246 5-3. CASSETTE TYPE Conditions „ MODEL : AUUB18TLAV Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 13 4 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 247 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : °F...
  • Page 248 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL : AUUB24TLAV „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ Unit : ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 1 (0.25) 13 4 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0)
  • Page 249 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : °F...
  • Page 250 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL : AUUB30TLAV „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ Unit : ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) (0.25) 13 4 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 251 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3.2 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : °F...
  • Page 252 Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL : AUUB36TLAV „ Operation mode : Fan z Air velocity distribution „ Unit : ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) (0.25) 13 4 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0)
  • Page 253 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3.2 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „ (ft.) (m) Unit : °F...
  • Page 254 5-4. MINI DUCT TYPE with Auto louver grille kit „ MODEL: ARUL4TLAV1 (UTD-GXTA-W) „ Note: This data is measured with the Auto louver grille kit(option) installed. z Air velocity distribution Conditions „ Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view...
  • Page 255 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat z Air velocity distribution Reference Data „ (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 3(1.0) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 2 (0.5) (ft.) z Air temperature distribution „...
  • Page 256 5-5. SLIM DUCT TYPE with Auto louver grille kit Conditions Fan speed : High „ MODEL : ARUL7TLAV (UTD-GXSA-W) „ Operation mode : Fan Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. z Air velocity distribution „...
  • Page 257 Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver Conditions grille kit installed. Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) Side view Vertical airflow direction 3 (1.0) louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction 7 (2.0)
  • Page 258 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL : ARUL9TLAV (UTD-GXSA-W) „ Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 259 Conditions Fan speed : High Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit Operation mode : Heat installed. Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) Side view Vertical airflow direction 3 (1.0) louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction 7 (2.0)
  • Page 260 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL : ARUL12TLAV (UTD-GXSA-W) „ Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. z Air velocity distribution „ (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 261 Conditions Fan speed : High Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit Operation mode : Heat installed. Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) Side view Vertical airflow direction 3 (1.0) louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction 7 (2.0)
  • Page 262 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL : ARUL14TLAV (UTD-GXSA-W) „ Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. Air velocity distribution (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 263 Conditions Fan speed : High Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit Operation mode : Heat installed. Reference Data z Air velocity distribution „ Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) Side view Vertical airflow direction 3 (1.0) louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction 7 (2.0)
  • Page 264 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL : ARUL18TLAV (UTD-GXSB-W) „ Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) louver : Up Horizontal airflow direction...
  • Page 265 Conditions Fan speed : High Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit Operation mode : Heat installed. Reference Data Air velocity distribution Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) Side view Vertical airflow direction 3 (1.0) louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0)
  • Page 266 5-6. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ MODEL: AGUA4TLAV1 „ Conditions: Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN Fan select : UPPER&LOWER (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center LOWER UPPER...
  • Page 267 „ MODEL: AGUA7TLAV1 „ Conditions: Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN Fan select : UPPER&LOWER (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center LOWER UPPER (ft.)
  • Page 268 „ MODEL: AGUA12TLAV1 „ Conditions: Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN Fan select : UPPER&LOWER (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center UPPER LOWER (ft.)
  • Page 269 „ MODEL: AGUA14TLAV1 „ Conditions: (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN Fan select : UPPER&LOWER 2 (0.5) : UPPER FAN 3 (1.0) : LOWER FAN Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center LOWER UPPER (ft.)
  • Page 270 5-7. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ MODELS : ABUA12TLAV, ABUA14TLAV (FLOOR CONSOLE) „ Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) louver : Center...
  • Page 271 „ MODELS : ABUA12TLAV, ABUA14TLAV (UNDER CEILING) „ Conditions Fan speed : High (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Operation mode : Fan Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : UP 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s)
  • Page 272 Conditions „ MODEL : ABUA18TLAV (FLOOR CONSOLE) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) louver : Center (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.)
  • Page 273 Conditions „ MODEL : ABUA18TLAV (UNDER CEILING) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : UP 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) Horizontal airflow direction 2 (0.5) louver : Center (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.)
  • Page 274 Conditions „ MODEL : ABUA24TLAV (FLOOR CONSOLE) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) louver : Center (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.)
  • Page 275 Conditions „ MODEL : ABUA24TLAV (UNDER CEILING) Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : UP Horizontal airflow direction 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) louver : Center (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.)
  • Page 276 5-8. CEILING TYPE Conditions „ MODEL : ABUA30TLAV Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s)
  • Page 277 Conditions „ MODEL : ABUA36TLAV Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.)
  • Page 278 5-9. WALL MOUNTED TYPE Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL: ASUA4TLAV1 „ Voltage : 230V (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 3 (2.0) 2 (1.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 1 (0.5) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 26 (ft.) (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s)
  • Page 279 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL: ASUA7TLAV1 „ Voltage : 230V (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (2.0) 2 (1.0) Top view 1 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 26 (ft.) (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3...
  • Page 280 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL: ASUA9TLAV1 „ Voltage : 230V (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) Top view 1 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 3 (1.0) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 26 (ft.) (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3...
  • Page 281 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL: ASUA12TLAV1 „ Voltage : 230V (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) Top view 1 (0.5) 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft.) (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3...
  • Page 282 Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan „ MODEL: ASUA14TLAV1 „ Voltage : 230V (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) Top view 1 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft.) (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3...
  • Page 283 Conditions „ MODEL: ASUB18TLAV1 Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.5) (ft.) (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (0.5)
  • Page 284 Conditions „ MODEL: ASUB24TLAV1 Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center (ft.) (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right &...
  • Page 285 Conditions „ MODEL: ASUB30TLAV1 Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) Top view 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 4 (1.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 1 (0.5) (ft.) (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s)
  • Page 286 Conditions „ MODEL: ASUB36TLAV1 „ Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (0.5) Top view 7 (2.0) 4 (1.5) 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 10 11 13 14 15 16 20 23 26...
  • Page 287 Conditions „ MODELS : ASUA7TLAV, ASUA9TLAV Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center (ft.) (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s)
  • Page 288 Conditions „ MODEL : ASUA12TLAV Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center (ft.) (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s)
  • Page 289 Conditions „ MODEL : ASUA14TLAV Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center (ft.) (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s)
  • Page 290 Conditions „ MODEL : ASUB18TLAV Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction 7 (2.0) louver : Up 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 291 Conditions „ MODEL : ASUB24TLAV Fan speed : High „ Operation mode : Fan Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5)
  • Page 292 6. FAN PERFORMANCE CURVE 6-1. MINI DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARUL4TLAV1 „ 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) SP mode03 Hi (SP mode03) 0.16 (40) upper limit SP mode03 Normal SP lower limit 0.12 (30) upper limit Lo (SP mode03) Hi (Normal SP) 0.08 (20) SP mode00 Normal SP...
  • Page 293 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) Airflow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) Airflow [CFM (m /h)] 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) 0.16 (40) 0.12 (30) 0.08 (20) 0.04 (10) 0 (0) (300) (400) (500) (600) Airflow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-160) -...

  • Page 294: Slim Duct / Slim Concealed Floor Type

    6-2. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODEL : ARUL7TLAV „ 0.44 (110) 0.40 (100) SP mode09 upper limit Hi (SP mode09) 0.36 (90) 0.32 (80) Med (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) SP mode09 0.24 (60) lower limit Lo (SP mode09) 0.20 (50) Normal SP upper limit...
  • Page 295 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-162) -...
  • Page 296 „ MODEL : ARUL9TLAV „ 0.44 (110) SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) 0.40 (100) upper limit SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit 0.36 (90) 0.32 (80) Med (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) Lo (SP mode09) SP mode09 0.24 (60) lower limit 0.20 (50) Normal SP Hi (Normal SP)
  • Page 297 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-164) -...
  • Page 298 „ MODEL : ARUL12TLAV „ 0.48 (120) 0.44 (110) SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit 0.40 (100) 0.36 (90) Med (SP mode09) 0.32 (80) Lo (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) SP mode09 0.24 (60) lower limit Normal SP 0.20 (50) Hi (Normal SP) upper limit 0.16 (40)
  • Page 299 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-166) -...
  • Page 300 „ MODEL : ARUL14TLAV „ 0.48 (120) 0.44 (110) SP mode09 Hi (SP mode09) upper limit 0.40 (100) 0.36 (90) Med (SP mode09) 0.32 (80) Lo (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) 0.24 (60) SP mode09 0.20 (50) Normal SP lower limit upper limit Hi (Normal SP) 0.16 (40)
  • Page 301 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-168) -...
  • Page 302 „ MODEL : ARUL18TLAV „ 0.48 (120) 0.44 (110) Hi (SP mode09) 0.40 (100) SP mode09 upper limit 0.36 (90) Med (SP mode09) 0.32 (80) Lo (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) 0.24 (60) SP mode09 0.20 (50) Normal SP lower limit upper limit Hi (Normal SP) 0.16 (40)
  • Page 303 Cooling Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-170) -...

  • Page 304: Medium Static Pressure Duct Type

    6-3. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODEL : ARUM24TLAV „ 0.64 (160) Hi (SP mode14) 0.56 (140) SP mode14 upper limit 0.48 (120) Lo (SP mode14) 0.40 (100) SP mode14 lower limit 0.32 (80) 0.24 (60) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) Normal SP 0.16 (40)
  • Page 305 Cooling Capacity Air Flow [m 1001 (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity 1001 (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-172) -...
  • Page 306 „ MODEL : ARUM30TLAV „ 0.64 (160) Hi (SP mode11) 0.56 (140) SP mode11 upper limit 0.48 (120) SP mode11 0.40 (100) lower limit 0.32 (80) Normal SP upper limit 0.24 (60) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (SP mode11) 0.16 (40) SP mode00 upper limit 0.08 (20)
  • Page 307 Cooling Capacity 1001 1059 1118 1177 1236 (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) (1800) (1900) (2000) (2100) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity 1001 1059 1118 1177 1236 (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600)
  • Page 308 „ MODEL : ARUM36TLAV „ 0.64 (160) Hi (SP mode9) 0.56 (140) SP mode9 upper limit 0.48 (120) SP mode9 0.40 (100) lower limit 0.32 (80) Normal SP upper limit 0.24 (60) Lo (SP mode9) Hi (Normal SP) 0.16 (40) SP mode00 Lo (Normal SP) upper limit...
  • Page 309 Cooling Capacity 1001 1059 1118 1177 1236 1295 (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) (1800) (1900) (2000) (2100) (2200) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity 1001 1059 1118 1177 1236 1295 (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500)

  • Page 310: High Static Pressure Duct Type

    6-4. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODEL : ARUH36TLAV „ 1.00 (250) 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) 0.40 (100) 0.20 (50) 0 (0) 1354 1472 1001 1118 1236 (2300) (2500) (1100) (1300) (1500) (1700) (1900) (2100) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Cooling Capacity...
  • Page 311 „ MODEL : ARUH48TLAV „ 1.20 (300) 1.00 (250) 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) 0.40 (100) 0.20 (50) 0 (0) 1354 1472 1589 1707 1825 1118 1236 (2300) (2500) (2700) (2900) (3100) (1900) (2100) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Cooling Capacity 1354 1472 1589...
  • Page 312 „ MODEL : ARUH60TLAV „ 1.20 (300) 1.00 (250) 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) 0.40 (100) 0.20 (50) 0 (0) 1295 1413 1530 1648 1766 1884 2001 (2200) (2400) (2600) (2800) (3000) (3200) (3400) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Cooling Capacity 1295 1413 1530...
  • Page 313 „ MODEL : ARUH72TLAV1 „ 1.40 (350) Hi (SP mode27) Hi (SP mode30) 1.20 (300) SP mode30 upper limit 1.00 (250) SP mode30 lower limit Lo (SP mode30) 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit 0.40 (100) Normal SP Lo (Normal SP) lower limit...
  • Page 314 Cooling Capacity 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 (2378) (2548) (3058) (3398) (3738) (4078) (4417) (4757) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 (2378) (2548) (3058) (3398) (3738) (4078) (4417) (4757) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)]...
  • Page 315 „ MODEL : ARUH96TLAV „ 1.20 (300) Hi (SP mode27) Hi (SP mode29) 1.00 (250) SP mode29 upper limit SP mode29 lower limit 0.80 (200) Lo (SP mode29) 0.60 (150) Hi (Normal SP) Normal SP upper limit 0.40 (100) Normal SP Lo (Normal SP) lower limit 0.20 (50)
  • Page 316 Cooling Capacity 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 (3058) (3398) (3738) (4078) (4417) (4757) (5096) (5436) (5775) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating Capacity 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 (3058) (3398) (3738) (4078) (4417) (4757) (5096)

  • Page 317: Vertical Air Handler Type

    6-5. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE „ MODEL : ARUV12TLAV „ 1.00 (250) Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP upper limit Hi (Hi SP) 0.60 (150) Normal SP Hi SP lower upper limit limit Med (Lo SP) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Hi SP) Lo (Normal SP) 0.40 (100)
  • Page 318 Cooling (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-185) -...
  • Page 319 „ MODEL : ARUV18TLAV „ 1.00 (250) Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP Hi (Hi SP) upper limit Normal SP Hi SP lower 0.60 (150) upper limit limit Med (Lo SP) Lo (Hi SP) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) 0.40 (100) Normal SP Lo SP...
  • Page 320 Cooling (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-187) -...
  • Page 321 „ MODEL : ARUV24TLAV „ 1.00 (250) Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP Hi (Hi SP) upper limit Normal SP 0.60 (150) upper limit Hi SP lower Med (Lo SP) limit Lo (Hi SP) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) 0.40 (100) Lo SP upper limit...
  • Page 322 Cooling 1001 1059 (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) (1800) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating 1001 1059 (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) (1800) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-189) -...
  • Page 323 „ MODEL : ARUV30TLAV „ 1.00 (250) Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP Hi (Hi SP) upper limit Hi SP lower 0.60 (150) Normal SP limit upper limit Med (Lo SP) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Hi SP) Lo (Normal SP) 0.40 (100) Lo SP upper limit...
  • Page 324 Cooling 1059 1177 1295 1413 (1000) (1200) (1400) (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating 1059 1177 1295 1413 (1000) (1200) (1400) (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-191) -...
  • Page 325 „ MODEL : ARUV36TLAV „ 1.00 (250) Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP Hi (Hi SP) upper limit Normal SP upper limit 0.60 (150) Med (Lo SP) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (Hi SP) Lo (Normal SP) Hi (Lo SP) Med (Hi SP) 0.40 (100) Med (Normal SP)
  • Page 326 Cooling 1059 1177 1295 1413 1530 1648 (1200) (1400) (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) (2600) (2800) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating 1059 1177 1295 1413 1530 1648 (1200) (1400) (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) (2600) (2800) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-193) -...
  • Page 327 „ MODEL : ARUV48TLAV „ 1.00 (250) Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP Hi (Hi SP) upper limit Normal SP Hi (Normal SP) upper limit 0.60 (150) Hi SP lower limit Med (Lo SP) Lo (Hi SP) 0.40 (100) Hi (Lo SP) Lo (Normal SP) Med (Hi SP)
  • Page 328 Cooling 1059 1177 1295 1413 1530 1648 1766 (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) (2600) (2800) (3000) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating 1059 1177 1295 1413 1530 1648 1766 (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) (2600) (2800) (3000) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] - (04-195) -...
  • Page 329 „ MODEL : ARUV60TLAV „ 1.00 (250) Hi (SP mode27) Hi SP Normal SP 0.80 (200) upper limit upper limit Hi (Hi SP) Hi (Normal SP) 0.60 (150) Med (Lo SP) Hi (Lo SP) Lo (Hi SP) Med (Hi SP) Lo (Normal SP) Med (Normal SP) 0.40 (100)
  • Page 330 Cooling 1236 1354 1472 1589 1707 1825 1942 2060 2178 2296 (2100) (2300) (2500) (2700) (2900) (3100) (3300) (3500) (3700) (3900) Air Flow [CFM (m /h)] Heating 1236 1354 1472 1589 1707 1825 1942 2060 2178 2296 (2100) (2300) (2500) (2700) (2900) (3100)
  • Page 331 6-6. CEILING TYPE (FRESH AIR) „ MODELS : ABUA30TLAV, ABUA36TLAV „ z Air flow volume - Static pressure of Fresh air intake characteristic „ 0.020 (5) 0.016 (4) 0.012 (3) 0.008 (2) AB30 0.004 (1) AB36 0 (0) Air flow [CFM (m /min)] z Installation „...
  • Page 332 6-7. CASSETTE TYPE (FRESH AIR) „ MODELS : AUUB18TLAV, AUUB24TLAV, AUUB30TLAV, „ AUUB36TLAV z Fresh Air volume & Static Pressure required at Fresh Air intake. „ 0.39 (98) Unit : in. (mm) Duct (Inside Dia. ø2-3/4 (70)) 0.20 (49) Duct Fan 0 (0) 11.0 14.1...
  • Page 333 7. AIR FLOW Airflow Airflow Type Model Type Model High High AUUA4 450/420 125/117 265/247 Me-Hi 350/300 97/83 206/177 ARUL4 Mini duct High Lo-Hi AUUA7 High High AUUA9 ARUL7 High High Compact AUUA12 ARUL9 Cassette Slim Duct High High / Slim AUUA14 ARUL12 Concealed...
  • Page 334 Airflow Airflow Type Model Type Model High 380/430 106/119 224/253 High Me-Hi Me-Hi ASUA4 AGUA4 TLAV1 Lo-Hi Lo-Hi High High Me-Hi Me-Hi ASUA7 AGUA7 TLAV1 Lo-Hi Lo-Hi High High Me-Hi Me-Hi ASUA9 Compact AGUA9 TLAV1 floor Lo-Hi Lo-Hi High High Me-Hi Me-Hi ASUA12...
  • Page 335 8. NOISE LEVEL CURVE 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE „ MODEL : AUUA4TLAV1 „ z COOLING z HEATING „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 N C -45 N C -45 N C -40...
  • Page 336 „ MODEL : AUUA12TLAV „ MODEL : AUUA14TLAV „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 N C -45 N C -45 H igh H igh N C -40 N C -40...
  • Page 337 8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE „ MODEL: AUUB18TLAV1 „ MODEL: AUUB24TLAV1 „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 High High NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 338 „ MODEL: AUUB36TLAV1 „ MODEL: AUUB48TLAV1 „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 High NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-205) -...
  • Page 339 8-3. CASSETTE TYPE „ MODEL : AUUB18TLAV „ MODEL : AUUB24TLAV „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 H igh N C -45 N C -45 M ed H igh...
  • Page 340 8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE „ MODEL: ARUL4TLAV1 „ NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30 High NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-207) -...
  • Page 341 8-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ MODEL : ARUL7TLAV „ MODEL : ARUL9TLAV „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 High NC-30 NC-30 High NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000...
  • Page 342 „ MODEL : ARUL18TLAV „ NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 High NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-209) -...
  • Page 343 8-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODEL : ARUM24TLAV „ MODEL : ARUM30TLAV „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 High High NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 344 8-7. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ MODEL : ARUH36TLAV „ MODEL : ARUH48TLAV „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 High High NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 345 „ MODEL : ARUH72TLAV1 „ MODEL : ARUH96TLAV „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 High NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 High NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz...
  • Page 346 8-8. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE „ MODEL : ARUV12TLAV „ MODEL : ARUV18TLAV „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 High NC-45 High NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000...
  • Page 347 „ MODEL : ARUV36TLAV „ MODEL : ARUV48TLAV „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 High NC-55 NC-55 High NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz...

  • Page 348: Compact Floor Type

    8-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ MODEL: AGUA4TLAV1 „ MODEL: AGUA7TLAV1 „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 349 „ MODEL: AGUA14TLAV1 „ NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 High NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30 NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-216) -...
  • Page 350 8-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ MODEL : ABUA12TLAV „ MODEL : ABUA14TLAV „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 High NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000...
  • Page 351 8-11. CEILING TYPE „ MODEL : ABUA30TLAV „ MODEL : ABUA36TLAV „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 High NC-40 High NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 352 8-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ MODEL: ASUA4TLAV1 „ MODEL: ASUA7TLAV1 „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 High High NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000...
  • Page 353 „ MODEL: ASUA12TLAV1 „ MODEL: ASUA14TLAV1 „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 H igh H igh NC-45 NC-45 H igh H igh NC-40 NC-40 NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000...
  • Page 354 „ MODEL: ASUB18TLAV1 „ MODEL: ASUB24TLAV1 „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 High NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz 1,000 2,000 4,000...
  • Page 355 „ MODEL : ASUA7TLAV „ MODEL : ASUA9TLAV „ N C -65 N C -65 N C -60 N C -60 N C -55 N C -55 N C -50 N C -50 N C -45 N C -45 N C -40 N C -40 H igh H igh...
  • Page 356 „ MODEL : ASUB18TLAV „ MODEL : ASUB24TLAV „ NC-65 NC-65 NC-60 NC-60 NC-55 NC-55 NC-50 NC-50 High NC-45 NC-45 NC-40 NC-40 High NC-35 NC-35 NC-30 NC-30 NC-25 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz Octave band center frequency, Hz...

  • Page 357: Wall Mounted Type

    „ SOUND LEVEL CHECK POINT „ z All cassette type z All duct type „ 78-3/4in. 39-3/8in. (1m) (2m) z Floor / Ceiling type z Compact floor type „ z Ceiling type „ Microphone ● Airflow 39-3/8in. (1m) 39-3/8 in. (1 m) Airflow 39-3/8 in.

  • Page 358: Safety Devices

    9. SAFETY DEVICES Fan motor thermal Terminal Float Model and type Fuse protector thermal fuse switch AUUA4TLAV1 Activate at AUUA7TLAV 280.4±27°F (138±15°C): AUUA9TLAV 250V Fan motor stop ○ Compact cassette AUUA12TLAV ― Reset at 3.15A AUUA14TLAV 221±36°F (105±20°C): AUUA18TLAV Fan motor restart AUUA24TLAV AUUB18TLAV1 Activate at...
  • Page 359 Fan motor thermal Terminal Float Model and type Fuse protector thermal fuse switch Activate at ARUH36TLAV 250V 3.15A 293 ± 9°F ARUH48TLAV ― ― (145 ± 5°C): 250V 10A * ARUH60TLAV Fan motor stop Activate at High static pressure °F ARUH72TLAV1 (100 °C):...
  • Page 360 Fan motor thermal Terminal Float Model and type Fuse protector thermal fuse switch ASUA4TLAV1 Activate at 221±18°F ASUA7TLAV1 (105±10°C): Fan motor stop ASUA9TLAV1 ― ― Reset at 194±18°F ASUA12TLAV1 (90±10°C): Fan motor restart ASUA14TLAV1 Activate at 302±27°F ASUB18TLAV1 (150±15°C): 250V Activate at Fan motor stop 215.6°F...
  • Page 361 5. CONTROL SYSTEM DTV_VR2U025E_14--CHAPTER05 2018.03.16...
  • Page 362 CONTENTS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ..............05 - 01 1-1. LINE UP OF CONTROLLERS ..............05 - 01 1-2. CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN ..............05 - 03 1-3. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES ..........05 - 04 1-4. CONTROL SYSTEM FEATURES ............... 05 - 10 1-5.

  • Page 363: Service & Web Monitoring Tool

    CONTENTS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 2-15. PRESSURE SENSOR KIT ................ 05 - 102 2-16. GROUP CONTROL METHOD ..............05 - 112 2-17. COMPARISON TABLE OF CONTROLLERS ..........05 - 114 ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR UNITS ......... 05 - 116 3-1. NETWORK CONVERTOR ................. 05 - 117 3-2.

  • Page 364: Line Up Of Controllers

    1. CONTROL SYSTEM 1-1. LINE UP OF CONTROLLERS „ FEATURES OF CONTROL SYSTEM „ Reduced Installation Time Expandable System Configuration Various controls combinations meet most Simplified wiring, using a standard 22ga L applications and allow for future expansion. communication cable, reduces installation cost.
  • Page 365 Air Conditioning Central Control Air Conditioning Individual Control System Controller, System Controller Lite, Touch Panel A range of Remote Controllers suitable for a wide range Controller and Central Remote Controller specially of individual control situations, using various built-in designed for centralized control. timers System Controller Wired Remote Controller (Touch panel)

  • Page 366: Web Monitoring Tool

    1-2. CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN „ ADVANCED INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM „ Building Air Conditioning Air Conditioning System Management Central Control Individual Control General-purpose Building BACnet® Gateway Wired Remote Controller Control Controller USB *2 To Outdoor units Adaptor Connectable to various sized (Locally BMS/BAS *1 purchased)

  • Page 367: System Configuration Examples

    1-3. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES „ INDIVIDUAL CONTROL „ Wired Remote Controller (Touch panel) Single control Multiple control for ● Up to 16 indoor units can be controlled with one wired for private room meeting room etc. remote controller. ● Wired (Touch panel) and wireless remote controllers can be used jointly.
  • Page 368 External Switch Controller Single control for hotel room with switch ● Up to 16 indoor units can be controlled with one external switch controller. Ext.SW ● In combination with a locally purchased card-key Controller switch or other sensor, External switch controller Ext.SW Ext.SW allows control of basic functions by the hotel or office...
  • Page 369 „ CENTRAL CONTROL „ Central Remote Controller ● Up to 100 indoor units / 16 groups can be controlled with one central remote controller. ● The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Modbus® convertor, and Network convertor for LONWORKS®...
  • Page 370 System Controller Lite ● UP to 400 indoor units / 400 groups can be controlled with one System Controller Lite. Administrator's room System USB Adaptor Controller Lite Commercial building (Medium class) To outdoor units Office floor Up to 100 outdoor units Office floor Tenant floor Tenant floor...
  • Page 371 System Controller can perform as an on-site central control or as a remote central control. On site central control ( Max. 4 VRF network systems) 　 Server & Client USB Adaptor USB Port System Controller 1 VRF Max. controllable Max. transmission line length network 11,811 system...
  • Page 372 „ INDOOR UNITS AND COMPATIBLE CONTROLLERS „ Wired Remote Wired Remote Simple Remote Wireless Remote External Switch Controller (Touch Controller Controller Controller Controller panel) UTY-RSRY UTY-RNRUZ2 UTY-RHRY UTY-TERX UTY-RNRUZ1 UTY-RNKU UTY-LNHU UTY-RSKU UTY-TEKX UTY-RNRU UTY-RHKU Compact Cassette    ...

  • Page 373: Control System Features

    „ -Multiple Touch Panel Controllers may be sued to provide convenient control for multiple convertor (Refer to 3-1.) „ - Can control Fujitsu mini-split and HFI models using a Network Convertor (Refer to 3-1.) ● System Controller allows to control up to 4 VRF network systems (Max.1,600 indoor units), „...

  • Page 374: Wiring System

    1-5. WIRING SYSTEM ● Wiring configulation of the control system is made of power source wiring, transmission wiring and remote controller wiring. ● Total wiring length (total length of transmission line) can be extended up to 11,811 ft. (3,600 m) (by using signal amplifiers). Max.

  • Page 375: Control Equipment Design Limitation

    1-6. CONTROL EQUIPMENT DESIGN LIMITATION Connectable Manageable Connectable Necessary Model number per indoor unit outdoor unit equipment system number number UTY-APGXZ1 1,600 System Controller USB Adaptor 1 / system UTY-APGX (4 VRF Networks) (4 VRF Networks) UTY-ALGXZ1 System Controller Lite USB Adaptor 1 / system UTY-ALGX...

  • Page 376: Control Units

    2. CONTROL UNITS The following types of controllers are available with the FUJITSU GENERAL LIMITED VRF System : z System Controller „ z System Controller Lite „ z Touch Panel Controller „ z Central Remote Controller „ z Wired Remote Controller „...

  • Page 377: Model: Uty-Amgxz1

    2-1. SYSTEM CONTROLLER 2-1-1. MODEL: UTY-APGXZ1 (Option: UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2) This system realizes the advanced general monitoring & control of VRF system from small scale buildings to large scale buildings. ● Maximum of 4 network systems, 1600 indoor units can be controlled. ●...
  • Page 378 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ ● System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. ● System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. ● VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●...
  • Page 379 „ SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION „ VRF Controller VRF Explorer White USB Key UTY-APGXZ1 White USB Key unnecessary White USB Key UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2 Local Site Remote Site Option (VRF network system side) (Monitoring center side) Any number can be installed in remote site personal computers System Controller UTY-APGXZ1 can be installed in the local site PCs (VRF Controller) con- nected to the VRF network system, and multiple remote site PCs (VRF Explorer) can be con- nected to VRF Controller via Internet or LAN.
  • Page 380 „ SPECIFICATION SUMMARY „ UTY- UTY- UTY- PEGXZ1 PPGXP2 Type Function Remark APGXZ1 Option Option Max. System Controller per VRF Network Site with up to 4 VRF networks may be Max. VRF networks supported administered with 1 System Controller System Max.
  • Page 381 UTY- UTY- UTY- PEGXZ1 PPGXP2 Type Function Remark APGXZ1 Option Option External device control function WEB Operation User control Authorization level setting. Database import / export (manual) Periodical backup The refrigerant systems of non-operation Others status function Auto Start Setting English, Chinese, French, German, Spanish, Multiple language display Russian, Polish.

  • Page 382: Model: Uty-Apgx (Option: Uty-Pegx)

    2-1-2. MODEL: UTY-APGX (Option: UTY-PEGX) This advanced system has the capability for monitoring and control of small and large buildings. ● Up to a maximum of 4 network systems, 1,600 indoor units can be controlled. ● Provides energy saving functions along with precision temperature control, central remote control, electricity charge calculation and schedule management.
  • Page 383 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ ● System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. ● System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software running simultaneously. ● VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●...
  • Page 384 „ SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION „ VRF Controller VRF Explorer WIBU-Key UTY-APGX WIBU-Key unnecessary WIBU-Key UTY-PEGX Local Site Remote Site Option (VRF network system side) (Monitoring center side) Any number can be installed in remote site personal computers. System Controller UTY-APGX can be installed in the local site PCs (VRF Controller) connected to the VRF net- work system and the multiple remote site PCs (VRF Explorer) connected to those computers via the Internet or LAN.
  • Page 385 „ SPECIFICATION SUMMARY „ UTY-PEGX Type Function UTY-APGX Remark *1 Option Max. System Controller per VRF Network Site with up to 4 VRF networks may be Max. VRF networks supported administered with 1 System Controller System specification Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per VRF network Max.

  • Page 386: Model: Uty-Amgx

    2-2. SYSTEM CONTROLLER LITE 2-2-1. MODEL: UTY-ALGXZ1 (Option: UTY-PLGXA2, UTY-PLGXR2, UTY-PLGXE2, UTY-PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2) System Controller Lite is advanced software of central controller for small and medium buildings. It can be supported by additional options, electricity charge apportionment, remote monitoring, and energy saving in order to meet your demands. ●...
  • Page 387 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ ● System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. * ● System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. ● VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●...
  • Page 388 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Software protection key to be connected to an USB port on the PC that the System Controller is installed. System Controller WHITE-USB-KEY runs only on a PC with this . However, this WHITE-USB-KEY WibuKey is not required for remote VRF Explorer software.
  • Page 389 „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ ® ® • Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 ® ® • Microsoft Windows 7 Professional (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 ® ® • Microsoft Windows 8.1 (32-bit or 64-bit) • Microsoft ®...
  • Page 390 „ SPECIFICATION SUMMARY „ UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- PLGXA2 PLGXR2 PLGXE2 PLGXP2 PLGXX2 Type Function Remark ALGXZ1 Option Option Option Option Option Max. System Controller Lite per VRF Network Max. VRF networks supported System specification Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per VRF network Max.
  • Page 391 UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- PLGXA2 PLGXR2 PLGXE2 PLGXP2 PLGXX2 Type Function Remark ALGXZ1 Option Option Option Option Option External device control function WEB Operation User control Authorization level setting. Database import / export Periodical backup The refrigerant systems of non- Others operation status function Auto Start Setting...
  • Page 392 2-2-2. MODEL: UTY-ALGX (Option: UTY-PLGXA1, UTY-PLGXR1, UTY-PLGXE1) System Controller Lite is advanced software of central controller for small and medium buildings. It can be supported by additional options, electricity charge apportionment, remote monitoring, and energy saving in order to meet your demands. ●...
  • Page 393 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ ● System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. * ● System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. ● VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●...
  • Page 394 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application DVD-ROM * Includes the software and manuals for System Controller Lite. Both VRF Controller and VRF Explorer software are included. Wibu Key Software protection key to be inserted in a USB slot running System Controller.
  • Page 395 „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ • Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Home Premium (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 ® ® • Microsoft Windows 7 Professional (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft ® Windows ® 8.1 (32-bit or 64-bit) ® ® •...
  • Page 396 „ SPECIFICATION SUMMARY „ UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- PLGXA1 PLGXR1 PLGXE1 Type Function Remark ALGX Option Option Option Max. System Controller Lite per VRF Network Max. VRF networks supported Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per System specification VRF network Max.

  • Page 397: Touch Panel Controller

    2-3. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER „ MODEL: UTY-DTGYZ1 (Option: UTY-PTGXA) „ „ MODEL: UTY-DTGY „ ● Large 7.5-inch TFT color display ● LCD touch panel operation ● Stylish shape and design to suit all application ● No additional component is required for installation ●...
  • Page 398 „ FUNCTIONS „ z MODEL: UTY-DTGYZ1 „ Item Description Main unit PC / Tablet Indoor unit registration. Max. 400 units. Indoor unit registration (Set data can be written to and read from USB flash drive) Installation Temperature set point limitation, external input, central Functions setting operation on/off setting.
  • Page 399 Item Description Main unit PC / Tablet Input: Batch operation/stop, emergency stop, electricity meter Others External input/output Output: Operation monitoring, error ● When Start/Stop, operation mode setting, room temp. setting, fan speed setting, airflow direction setting, swing setting, economy mode, and anti freeze setting are changed frequently by using the central controller like System Controller, Touch Panel Controller, etc.
  • Page 400 z MODEL: UTY-DTGY „ Item Description Language setting Design considering multi-language correspondence. * Indoor unit registration. Max. 400 units. Indoor unit registration Installation (Set data can be written to and read from USB flash drive) Temperature set point limitation, external input, central operation Functions setting on/off setting.
  • Page 401 „ STATE TRANSITION DIAGRAM „ Power ON Finish Indoor unit registration Installer setting ● Language setting ● Time zone setting *1 ● Date and time setting ● Touch panel address setting ● Indoor unit registration ● Function settings of Touch Panel Controller Monitor &...
  • Page 402 „ MAIN FUNCTIONS AND SCREEN EXAMPLES „ z Monitor display example „ An easy-to-use display mode can be selected. Easy-to-understand GUI of adopted icon. Icon display List display example z Operation setting example „ Large button is designed for easy to access. Operation setting display Optional setting display - (05 - 39) -...
  • Page 403 z Group setting „ Groups can be arbitrarily set in easy to manage units as shown in the figure. Control and monitoring are performed in these group units. Group: Hallway Group: 3F Group: Group: Division A Group: Division B Division C Touch Panel Group: 2F Controller...
  • Page 404 z System schedule timer „ Annual schedule can be set of a maximum 30 items. Schedule setting screen z History recording and display „ Error, status and operation histories can be recorded. Each recording can be also written to USB memory. ●...
  • Page 405 „ SCREEN EXAMPLES (For Remote monitoring) „ z Main screens of Monitor Mode example „ Icon display List display z Main screens of Control example „ Operation setting display - (05 - 42) -...
  • Page 406 „ INSTALLATION „ z Installation space „ When installing multiple Touch Panel Controllers, the following clearances must be maintained. 4 in. (100 mm) or more 8 in. 8 in. 8 in. (200 mm) (200 mm) (200 mm) or more or more or more Wall 4 in.
  • Page 407 z Terminal names „ Names of connection terminals inside rear cover. Power supply cable Transmission cable through hole connection terminals Transmission cable Power supply cable through hole connection terminals EXTERNAL INPUT POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION X1 X2 K1 K2 K1 K2 External input Power supply ®...
  • Page 408 z Installation method „ Refer to an installation manual for the details. Transmission Transmission Power supply cable power supply cable cable cable Switch box Switch box Hole in wall Hole in wall Installation plate Installation plate Power supply power supply cable cable Screw...
  • Page 409 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit : in.(mm) Top view Touch pen 9-11/16 (246) 2-1/8 (54) Touch panel USB port Front view Side view Side view 7-13/16 (198) 2-5/8 (66) 2-ø11/16 (17) Installation plate Rear view „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application For Touch Panel Controller installation...
  • Page 410 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks 16 AWG 1 ø AC100 - 240 V 50/60 Hz, Maximum (1.25 mm Power supply cable 245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2 Wire + ground 20 AWG (Always ground the unit) Minimum (0.5 mm LEVEL4 (NEMA) non-polar 2 22AWG...
  • Page 411 „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ When using for touch panel controller, the following personal computer system requirement is necessary. 2 GHz or higher Memory 2 GB or more 10 GB or more of free space Display 1,366 × 768 or higher resolution •...

  • Page 412: Central Remote Controller

    2-4. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER „ MODEL: UTY-DCGY „ ● Individual control and monitor of 100 indoor units. ● 5 inch TFT color screen. ● User friendly view and easy operation. ● External input / output contact. ● Detachable power supply unit. ●...
  • Page 413 „ MAIN FUNCTIONS AND SCREEN EXAMPLES „ z Individual control zRemote controller prohibition „ „ (On / Off, Mode, Set Temp, Fan Speed, (All, On / Off, Mode, Temp, Timer, Filter): Airflow Direction, Anti Freeze, Economy) R.C prohibition setting prohibits individual remote control operation from this controller z Room temperature set point „...
  • Page 414 z Automatic clock adjustment „ The time setting can be adjusted for all indoor units in one batch function. z Error history „ ● Last 200 errors are stored in memory. ● Error history can be analyzed to determine proper maintenance schedule. z Main screen display auto switching „...
  • Page 415 „ INSTALLATION „ z Installation space „ When installing controller, provide a service space as shown. Service space z Terminal names „ ● Power supply unit Power supply terminal POWER SUPPLY Screw size: M4 Earth (Ground) Power supply cable Reley connector output: DC 5 V Power supply 1ø...
  • Page 416 z Installation method „ Setting pattern 1: Integrated type Setting pattern 2: Separate type Ceiling Power supply unit Power supply unit Wall Extension cable Control panel (Service parts) Wall Control panel ● Integrated type Refer to an installation manual for the details. Transmission cable Power supply cable One touch bush...
  • Page 417 ● Separate type Screw × 2 (Accessories) Screw × 2 Screw × 4 Screw × 2 (Accessories) Ceiling Screw × 2 Power unit cover One touch bush × 2 Holder Cutting out Wall (When wiring a transmission cable up Extension cable Cable Tie ×...
  • Page 418 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit : in. (mm) z Control unit z Power supply unit „ „ 1 (25.7) 1-1/8 (29) 3-7/8 (99) Top view 1-13/16 (46) 1-13/16 (46) 6-3/8 (162) Front view Side view 4-5/8 (118) 3/16 (5) 2-Ø3/16 (5) 5-5/16 (135) 1-9/16 (39.2) Front view...
  • Page 419 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks 16 AWG 1 ø AC100 - 240 V 50/60 Hz, Maximum (1.25 mm Power supply cable 245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2 Wire + ground 20 AWG (Always ground the unit) Minimum (0.5 mm LEVEL4 (NEMA) non-polar 2 22AWG...

  • Page 420: Wired Remote Controller (Touch Panel)

    2-5. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (Touch panel) „ MODEL: UTY-RNRUZ, UTY-RNRU „ ● Easy finger touch operation with LCD panel ● Built-in weekly/Daily timer(ON/OFF,Temp.,Mode) Office Fri 10:00AM ● Backlight enables easy operation in a darkened room Mode Set Temp. Cool 80°F Custom Auto ●...
  • Page 421 „ FUNCTIONS „ 1 Room temperature sensor (inside) 2 On/Off button: It is possible to operate only while displaying the Monitor Mode screen. Office Fri 10:00AM Mode Set Temp. 3 LED lamp (Operation indicator) 80°F Cool Custom Auto 4 Touch panel display Auto 74°F Heat...
  • Page 422 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z Multiple remote control „ Up to 4 remote controllers can be used to operate the indoor units. I.U. I.U. I.U. I.U. Master Master Slave Master Slave Slave Master Slave Slave Slave A, B, C, D : Remote controller cable. (Refer to Chapter6. 4-4 for detail specifications) A≤1,640 ft.
  • Page 423 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ z Single control z Multiple remote control „ „ Indoor unit Y2 Y3 Indoor unit When there is afunctional earthing When there is afunctional earthing (Accordance with the regional (Accordance with the regional cable standard.) cable standard.) Remote Remote Remote controller...
  • Page 424 z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „ Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block.
  • Page 425 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit : in. (mm) Hole: 3/8 × 3/16 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) (9 × 4.5) 13/16 (20.4) 4-3/4 (120) 15/16 (23) Hole: 1/4 × 3/16 Hole: 1/2 × 3/16 (6 × 4.5) (12.5 × 4.5) „ PACKING LIST „...
  • Page 426 „ SPECIFICATIONS „ UTY-RNRYZ  , UTY-RNRU Model name DC 12 Input voltage Max. 0.3 Input power 3.8 inch FSTN LCD (255 × 160 dots) with Touch panel Display 32 to 104 (0 to 40) Usage temperature range: °F (°C) 20 to 90 (no condensation) Usage humidity range 14 to 140 (-10 to 60)

  • Page 427: Wired Remote Controller

    2-6. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER „ MODEL: UTY-RNKU „ ● Various timer setup options (ON / OFF / WEEKLY) are possible. ● Weekly timer as standard function. (Start / Stop function twice per day for a week) ● When setting up a timer, start/stop and a temperature setup can be changed.
  • Page 428 „ FUNCTIONS „ START/STOP button Pressed to start and stop operation. Set Temperature button Display Selects the setting temperature. Operation mode button  2 Selects the operating mode (AUTO 1, COOL , DRY ,  3, HEAT  4). Fan control button Selects the fan speed (AUTO , LOW , MED...
  • Page 429 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z 1 remote controller z 2 remote controllers „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit A , B , C : Remote controller cable. Refer to chapter 6. 4-4 for detail specifications. Master Slave A ≤ 1,640 ft. (500 m) ; B+C≤ 1,640 ft. (500 m) Remote controller Remote controllers „...
  • Page 430 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 431 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Screw For installing the remote controller (M4 × 16 mm) For securing controller cable Cable Tie Installation manual Operating manual „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Cable size Wire type Remarks 22AWG Remote controller cable Polar 3 core Use sheathed PVC cable.

  • Page 432: Simple Remote Controller (With Operation Mode)

    2-7. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (With Operation mode) 2-7-1. MODEL: UTY-RSRY ● Easy operation. ● Stylish design ● Large LCD screen & simple operation buttons ● Built-in background light function. ● Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ●...
  • Page 433 „ FUNCTIONS „ START/STOP button Pressed to start and stop operation. LED lamp Lights during operation. Operation mode button Selects the operating mode Set temperature button Selects the setting temperature.(18-30°C[COOL], 10-30°C[HEAT]) Fan control button Selects the fan speed Louver button Set the airflow direction.
  • Page 434 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z 1 remote controller z 4 remote controllers „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Master Slave Slave Slave Remote controller Remote controllers A , B , C , D , E : Remote controller cable. Refer to 6-4-4 for detail specifications. <...
  • Page 435 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type All Compact Floor type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 436 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Wired remote controller Installation manual Operating manual CD-ROM For installing the remote controller Screw (M4 × 16 mm) For binding remote controller and Cable tie remote controller cable „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „...

  • Page 437: Model: Uty-Rsku

    2-7-2. MODEL: UTY-RSKU ● Easy operation. ● Built-in background light function. ● Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ● Error history. (Last 16 error codes can be accessed.) ● Up to 16 indoor units can be simultaneously controlled. ●...
  • Page 438 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z 1 remote controller z 2 remote controllers „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Master Slave Remote controller Remote controllers A , B , C : Remote controller cable. Refer to chapter 6. 4-4 for detail specifications. A ≤...
  • Page 439 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 440 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application For connecting the remote controller Remote controller cable [33 ft. (10 m)] Screw For installing the remote controller (M4 × 16 mm) For securing controller cable Cable Tie Installation manual Operating manual „...

  • Page 441: Simple Remote Controller (Without Operation Mode)

    2-8. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (Without Operation mode) 2-8-1. MODEL: UTY-RHRY ● Easy operation. ● Stylish design ● Large LCD screen & simple operation buttons ● Built-in background light function. ● Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ●...
  • Page 442 „ FUNCTIONS „ START/STOP button Pressed to start and stop operation. LED lamp Lights during operation. Set temperature button Selects the setting temperature.(18-30°C[COOL], 10-30°C[HEAT]) Fan control button Selects the fan speed Louver button Set the airflow direction. Room temperature sensor(inside) Operating mode indicator (AUTO * 1, COOL...
  • Page 443 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z 1 remote controller z 4 remote controllers „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Master Slave Slave Slave Remote controller Remote controllers A , B , C , D , E : Remote controller cable. Refer to 6-4-4 for detail specifications. <...
  • Page 444 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type All Compact Floor type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 445 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Wired remote controller Installation manual Operating manual CD-ROM For installing the remote controller Screw (M4 × 16 mm) For binding remote controller and Cable tie remote controller cable „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „...

  • Page 446: Model: Uty-Rhku

    2-8-2. MODEL: UTY-RHKU This controller cannot select mode. An additional controller is required for the user to select heating or cooling mode. ● Easy operation. ● Built-in Backgroud Light function. ● Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ●...
  • Page 447 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z 1 remote controllers z 2 remote controllers „ „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Master Slave Remote controller Remote controllers A , B , C : Remote controller cable. Refer to chapter 6. 4-4 for detail specifications. A ≤...
  • Page 448 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type Pattern A All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A „...
  • Page 449 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application For connecting the remote controller Remote controller cable [33 ft. (10 m)] Screw For installing the remote controller (M4 × 16 mm) For securing controller cable Cable Tie Installation manual Operating manual „...

  • Page 450: Wireless Remote Controller

    2-9. WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER „ MODEL: UTY-LNHU „ ● Four kinds of timer setup (ON / OFF / PROGRAM / SLEEP) are possible. ● Up to 16 indoor units connected within the remote controller group can be simultaneously controlled. ● Can be used jointly with wired remote controllers . ●...
  • Page 451 „ FUNCTIONS „ OPERATION MODE button Selects the operating mode (AUTO, COOL, DRY, FAN, HEAT ). /Start / end R.C. custom code change. (Max 4 types) Economy button Set temp. button ( ▲ / ▼ ) Set remote controller custom code buttons Sets the indoor temp./ Sets R.C.
  • Page 452 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ Signal receiver ● Control signal might not be recognized in following cases: window (i) A curtain or a wall, etc. exists between transmitter and receiver. Signal transmitter (ii) There is an instant-start type (inverter type, etc.) fluorescent lamp in the room.
  • Page 453 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Operating manual Use as remote controller holder Remote controller holder Screw For remote controller holder installation (M3 × 12 mm) Battery For remote controller [ 1.5V (R03 / AAA) ] „...

  • Page 454: Ir Receiver Unit (For All Duct Type)

    2-10. IR RECEIVER UNIT (for ALL DUCT TYPE) „ MODEL: UTB-YWC „ Duct type indoor unit can be controlled with wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. „ FUNCTIONS „ OPERATION LAMP TIMER LAMP FILTER SIGN MANUAL AUTO SIGNAL RECEIVER „...
  • Page 455 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ Indoor unit control box PC board Connected to PC board *2 Connection cable A 2-3/8 in. × 4-3/4 in. [L = 16 ft. (5 m)]... Standard accessory (60 mm × 120 mm) Connection cable C hole [L = 33 ft.
  • Page 456 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Cover For receiver unit Insulation For receiver unit Small:1 Cable Tie For receiver unit Medium:1 Screw For installing receiver unit to wall, etc. (M4 × 20 mm) Screw For attaching the hook metal to the holder cover (M4 ×...

  • Page 457: Ir Receiver Unit (For Cassette Type)

    2-11. IR RECEIVER UNIT (for CASSETTE TYPE) „ MODEL: UTY-LRHYB1 „ Cassette type indoor unit can be controlled with wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. „ FUNCTIONS „ Filter lamp (Red) Timer lamp (Orange) Operation lamp (Green) Manual auto Signal receiver „...
  • Page 458 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit : in. (mm) 7-5/8 (193.9) 1-1/4 (31.2) Front View Side View „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Strap Prevent receiver kit from falling down „ SPECIFICATIONS „ Model name UTY-LRHYB1 × ×...

  • Page 459: Ir Receiver Unit (For Circular Flow Cassette Type)

    2-12. IR RECEIVER UNIT (for CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE) „ MODELS: UTY-LBHXD „ Cassette type indoor unit can be controlled with wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. „ FUNCTIONS „ Remote control signal receiver and Manual Auto button FILTER Indicator lamp (RED) OPERATION Indicator lamp (GREEN)
  • Page 460 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit: in. (mm) 6-1/2 (22.6) (164.5) Front View Side View „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application For receiving the signal from the remote IR receiver unit control unit Prevent IR receiver unit Strap from falling down Cable tie For electrical wiring „...

  • Page 461: Human Sensor Kit (For Circular Flow Cassette Type)

    2-13. HUMAN SENSOR KIT (for CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE) „ MODEL: UTY-SHZXC „ Motion sensor save operation catches the movements of people for wide area and operation stop is also judged automatically. „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ Wire from Human sensor unit Strap Hook Strap...
  • Page 462 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit: in. (mm) 6-1/2 1-1/16 (164.5) (27.5) Side View Front View „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Human sensor unit For detection of movement Cable tie For binding wires Strap To prevent Human sensor unit from falling Insulation To fasten the Human sensor wire „...

  • Page 463: Remote Sensor Unit

    2-14. REMOTE SENSOR UNIT „ MODEL: UTD-XSZX „ The remote sensor unit allows for flexible temperature sensing for optimum temperature control. „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ ● Remove the screws from the remote sensor, and remove the cover. ● Connect the cable to the remote sensor as shown below. ●...
  • Page 464 z When the cable is buried in the wall „ ● Remove the material (thinner than the surrounding material) in the wiring hole in the remote sensor using a pair of cutters. ● Drill a hole in the wall for the cable. ●...

  • Page 465: Pressure Sensor Kit

    2-15. PRESSURE SENSOR KIT „ MODEL: UTY-SPWX „ ● Only for V-II series system ● It is used when the outdoor unit is installed higher than the indoor unit and the height difference exceeds 164ft (50m). ● Attach the sensor part to the liquid pipe near the indoor unit. ●...
  • Page 466 „ SPECIFICATIONS „ z Control unit „ Power supply (V) DC 12 Current (A) 0.10 Power consumption (W) Operating 32 to 114 (0–46) Temperature [°F (°C)] Packaged 14 to 140 (-10–60) Humidity (%) Packaged 0–95 (RH) No condensation 1-11/16 × 4-5/8 × 5-1/2 Dimensions [H ×...
  • Page 467 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit: in (mm) 3-Ø3/16 (4.5) 1-11/16 (43) For M4x16 mm 4-5/8 (117) screws 2-Ø3/8 (10) For code (> Ø1/4 (7)) Hole: 2-Ø1/4 (7) For code ( Ø1/4 (7)) 2-Ø5/16 (8) For code (> Ø3/165) Hole: 2-Ø3/165 For code ( Ø3/165) Hole: 1/16 x 5/16 (2 x 8) 3-7/8 (98) For open case...
  • Page 468 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Cable type Remarks Power cable (using 16 to 22 AWG Non-polar 2 core, twisted Maximum cable length: remote control (0.33 to 1.25 mm²) pair sheathed PVC cable 32ft (10m)  cable) 22AWG LEVEL 4 (NEMA) ®...
  • Page 469 „ WIRING DIAGRAM „ Only one pressure sensor kit is installed in each refrigerant system. Outdoor unit 1 Outdoor unit 2 Outdoor unit 3 (Master unit) (Slave unit 1) (Slave unit 2) Transmission Control unit of sensor kit Refrigerant pressure sensor (accessories) Indoor unit Indoor unit...
  • Page 470 „ INSTALLING THE SENSOR „ z Installing the refrigerant pressure sensor „ Installing the sensor between the indoor unit and the separation tube (or outdoor unit). Sensor Separation tube Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor units installed same floor 45° or 45°...
  • Page 471 „ INSTALLING THE CONTROLLER UNIT „ Remote controller Transmission Cable of refrigerant pressure cable sensor (accessories) cable Cable tie (accessories) Fix the cable with cable tie using 3 fixing holes. Fix the connection cable even outside this product as necessary. Cable tie (accessories) Holes for fixing cable tie (3 places) - (05 - 108) -...
  • Page 472 „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type All Duct type All Ceiling type Pattern A All Compact Floor type Compact Floor type Wall Mounted type Pattern B z Pattern A...
  • Page 473 „ DIP SWITCH SETTING „ z Controller unit „ Setting of DIP switch is unnecessary. z Outdoor unit (Master unit only) „ Change setting the DIP switch of the outdoor unit as shown below. Factory setting Outdoor unit PCB - (05 - 110) -...
  • Page 474 „ LED DISPLAY „ z Positions „ z Normal code „ Flashng Flashng During initialization sequence Normally operating z Error code „ ● ● ○ Communication error between outdoor units ● ● ○ Outdoor unit pressure sensor error ● : 0.5s ON / 0.5s OFF ○...

  • Page 475: Group Control Method

    2-16. GROUP CONTROL METHOD „ REMOTE CONTROLLER GROUP „ Wired, Simple and Wireless Remote Controllers can be used simultaneously in the following combinations. Example of combination for "Remote controller group" Without Remote Controller ........Max 16 indoor units Connectable indoor unit : 1-16 Connectable remote controller : 0 - 2 z Notes...
  • Page 476 „ GROUP „ This function is used when operating a multiple number of remote controller group at a time from the System Controller or Touch Panel Controller or Central Remote Controller. z Example „ Refrigerant system 1 Heat Recovery system Refrigerant system 2 Heat pump...

  • Page 477: Comparison Table Of Controllers

    2-17. COMPARISON TABLE OF CONTROLLERS „ LIST OF CONTROLLER FUNCTION „ Wired Simple Central Wired Simple Wireless System Touch Panel Remote System Remote Item Remote Remote Remote Remote Controller Controller Controller Lite Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller (Touch panel) UTY-DTGYZ1 UTY-RSRY UTY-APGXZ1...
  • Page 478 Wired System Central Wired Simple Simple Wireless System Touch Panel Remote Item Controller Remote Remote Remote Remote Remote Controller Controller Controller Lite Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller (Touch panel) UTY-DTGYZ1 UTY-APGXZ1 UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-RNRUZ  UTY-RSRY UTY-RHRY Model UTY-RNKU UTY-LNHU UTY-DCGY UTY-ALGX UTY-APGX UTY-RNRU...

  • Page 479: Adaptor / Convertor Units

    For connection between VRF network system and a L open network for ORKS management of small to medium-sized BMS. • Thermostat Convertor (UTY-TTRX) For control Fujitsu General products using a third-party thermostat controller. ® • BACnet Gateway (UTY-VBGX : Hardware) ®...
  • Page 480 3-1. NETWORK CONVERTOR „ MODEL: UTY-VTGX „ ● With this network convertor, single split type and multi system air conditioners can be controlled by Central remote controller, Touch panel controller, System controller in VRF network system or by wired remote controller that is connected to the Network convertor. ●...
  • Page 481 „ APPLICABLE MODELS „ z Connectable remote controllers „ 3 types of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this unit. The indoor unit that can be connected is the indoor unit that can connect to following remote controller.
  • Page 482 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ z For non-polar 2 wire „ Wired Transmission remote Cable controller Indoor unit Office Fri 10:00AM Mode Set Temp. Fa n Custom Cool 80° F Auto Auto Heat 74° F Cool 84° F Room Temp. Away 76°...
  • Page 483 „ LIMITED WIRING LENGTH „ z For non-polar 2 wire „ Indoor unit Network convertor A, B, C, D, E : Remote controller cable. (Refer to Chapter6. 4-4 for detail specifications.) A ≤ 6 ft. (2 m) and A+B+C+D+E ≤ 1,640 ft. (500 m). z For polar 3 wire „...
  • Page 484 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit : in. (mm) 3-Ø3/16 (4.5) 1-11/16 (43) For M4x16 mm 4-5/8 (117) screws 2-Ø3/8 (10) For code (> Ø1/4 (7)) Hole: 2-Ø1/4 (7) For code ( Ø1/4 (7)) 2-Ø5/16 (8) For code (> Ø3/165) Hole: 2-Ø3/165 For code ( Ø3/165) Hole: 1/16 x 5/16 (2 x 8) 3-7/8 (98)
  • Page 485 3-2. NETWORK CONVERTOR „ MODEL: UTY-VGGXZ1 „ For connecting single split type system [ A change of DIP switch setting is necessary] ● With this network convertor, single split type, multi system and HFI system air conditioners can be controlled by Touch panel controller, System controller in VRF network system or by wired remote controller that is connected to the Network convertor.
  • Page 486 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ Transmission Line to VRF System Transmission Line to VRF System Wired Remote Controller FUSE (3 A) 1Ø 50/60 Hz 208-240 V SWITCH (Disconnect switch) Indoor Unit Y1 Y2 Y3 K1 K2 K3 TRANSMISSION REMOTE INDOOR UNIT POWER REMOTE CONTROLLER LINE Power Supply...
  • Page 487 „ APPLICABLE MODELS „ ○ ○ Single Split type Wired Remote Controller model × Wireless Remote Controller model z Connectable remote controllers „ 3 types of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this unit. Model name RC number Model name...
  • Page 488 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit : in. (mm) Ø1-1/8 (28) Ø 1-1/8(28) For dust proof 3-1/2 3-1/2 For dust proof bushing (89.5) (89.5) bushing 2-Ø5 (3/16) For M4x20mm Ø7/8 (22.2) For conduit screws 9-1/2 (241.6) 10-11/16 (272) Hole pitch 2-5/8 11-5/16 (288) (67) 4 - Ø3/16 (5) For M4x20mm screws „...
  • Page 489 ® 3-3. MODBUS CONVERTOR FOR VRF „ MODEL: UTY-VMGX „ ● The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system built ® by Modbus open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and VRF network system. „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „...
  • Page 490 „ FUNCTIONS „ z Indoor unit control „ ● Individual control Commands from Modbus ® Network are sent to the respective indoor units. (Modbus ® Network → respective indoor units of VRF Network) ● Batch control ® Commands from Modbus Network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF Network.
  • Page 491 „ CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS „ NOTE: For detailed information, check the Interface Specification. Item Function Description ON/OFF Command Start / Stop operation Operation Mode Setting Cooling / Heating / Auto / Fan / Dry Temperature Setting Set room temperature Airflow Mode Setting Set airflow Set Point Temperature Limit Setting...
  • Page 492 Item Function Description Maintenance Mode Status Maintenance status Emergency STOP Setting Status Emergency STOP setting status Indoor Unit Monitoring ON / OFF Status The indoor unit which is now operating can be (Batch) monitored in all indoor units Error Status The indoor unit which is now error can be monitored in all indoor units Outdoor Unit Low Noise...
  • Page 493  To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following cautions that may affect the operation of the compressor before executing the setting.  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „...
  • Page 494 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Use during installation. For mounting the power supply cable and Cable tie transmission cable. Screw For mounting the network convertor. (M4 × 16 mm) For initial setting. For connecting the cable and attaching the ®...
  • Page 495 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit : in.(mm) 3/8(10) 3/16 x 13/16=3-1/8 (4 x 20=80) 2-11/16(69) Hole pitch Ø7/8(22) For conduit 5-Ø1/2(13) For dust proof 2-Ø3/16(5) bushing For M4 x 16 mm screws 8-7/8(225) 2-1/8(54) 9-1/2(241) Hole pitch 10-1/4(260) 4-Ø3/16(5) For M4 x 16 mm screws „...
  • Page 496 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks 16AWG Maximum 1 ø AC208-240 V 50/60 Hz, (1.25 mm Power supply cable 60245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2-Wire + ground 20AWG (Always ground the unit) Minimum (0.5 mm LEVEL4 (NEMA) non-polar ®...
  • Page 497 ® „ PROCEDURE IN BRIEF REGISTER DATA TO MODBUS „ CONVERTOR FOR VRF (UTY-VMGX) Address initial settings are 3 methods as follows. (1) Default addresses of indoor unit and outdoor unit are used. (Initial setting is not necessary) Default address value ([RefNo.—NodeNo.]) Indoor unit: [00―00] [00―01] •••...

  • Page 498: Network Convertor For L On W Orks

    ® 3-4. NETWORK CONVERTOR FOR L ORKS „ MODEL: UTY-VLGX „ ● The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS ® system built by L open network, for manage small to ORKS medium sized BMS and VRF network system. ●...
  • Page 499 z Improper system diagram „ ● Example 1 (Prohibited) Maximum 100 outdoor units Network Maximum 128 convertor for indoor units ® ORKS (UTY-VLGX) ® ORKS Network VRF network system 1 Maximum 100 outdoor units Network Maximum 128 convertor for indoor units ®...
  • Page 500 „ FUNCTIONS „ z Indoor unit control „ ● Individual control ® ® Commands from L Network are sent to the respective indoor units. (L ORKS ORKS Network → respective indoor units of VRF Network) ● Batch control ® Commands from L Network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF Network.
  • Page 501 „ CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS „ NOTE: For detail information, check the Interface Specification. Item Function Description ON/OFF Command Start / Stop operation Operation Mode Setting Cooling / Heating / Auto / Fan / Dry Temperature Setting Set room temperature Airflow Mode Setting Set airflow Set Point Temperature Limit Setting...
  • Page 502  To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, the following precautions must be followed prior to setting the system.  When making changes to system settings, such as the schedule, it is necessary to change the settings „ of all indoor units on the same refrigerant circuit at the same time. <Corresponding function>...
  • Page 503 „ SPECIFICATIONS „ z Environmental specifications „ Power supply 1ø AC 208 - 240 V 50/60 Hz Input Power (W) Operating 32 to 114.8 (0 to 46) Temperature: °F (°C) Packaged 14 to 140 (-10 to 60) 0 to 95 (RH) ; Humidity (%) Packaged No condensation...
  • Page 504 „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ To install Tool for Network Convertor (UTY-VLGX), applicable PC needs to satisfy the following system requirements. ® ® • Microsoft Windows 7 Professional (32-bit) ® ® • Microsoft Windows 8.1 Pro (32-bit) ® ® •...
  • Page 505 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit : in. (mm) Ø1-1/8 (28) Ø 1-1/8(28) For dust proof 3-1/2 3-1/2 For dust proof bushing (89.5) (89.5) bushing 2-Ø5 (3/16) For M4x20mm Ø7/8 (22.2) For conduit screws 9-1/2 (241.6) 10-11/16 (272) Hole pitch 2-5/8 11-5/16 (288) (67) 4 - Ø3/16 (5) For M4x20mm screws „...
  • Page 506 Indoor unit address Making XIF of Network Convertor using a Tool Binding VRF with BMS for network convertor (Software) provided by (By Network Integrator) Fujitsu General. (Job is done by Network Integrator) „ PCB FOR NETWORK CONVERTOR (UTY-VLGX) „ PC Control...
  • Page 507 „ SIMPLE PROCEDURE FOR CREATING XIF AND REGISTER DATA „ FOR NETWORK CONVERTOR (UTY-VLGX) NOTE: For detail information, check the Application Manual which is included inside packaged CD-ROM. The following is the on-line procedure. It is also possible to create XIF & Register Data off-line.
  • Page 508 Important: Network Convertor will not operate if, ● VRF network system address (Outdoor & Indoor units address) allocation information are not registered to Network Convertor. ● XIF data information and VRF network system address allocation information must not be same. ●...

  • Page 509: Thermostat Convertor

    3-5. THERMOSTAT CONVERTOR „ MODEL: UTY-TTRX „ ● Thermostat convertor can control Fujitsu General products using a third-party thermostat controller. ● Up to 16 indoor units can be connected with one thermostat convertor. „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ Multi split system...
  • Page 510 „ FUNCTIONS „ Function Remarks Operation mode setting Cooling, Heating, Fan Fan speed setting High, Med, Low, Auto Air conditioning Stage 1 (Cooling), Stage 1 (Heating) control function Temperature setting Stage 2 (Cooling), Stage 2 (Heating) Communication error detection Indoor unit error monitoring Maintenance Control target error indication function...
  • Page 511 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ Connection method differs by the type of thermostat controller. z Two-stage Cooling and Heating „ Example: Remote controller for 3-wire type Thermostat controller AC 24 V Indoor unit Max. 16 units Thermostat convertor AC 24 V Transformer* (Locally purchased) AC 208/230 V...
  • Page 512 z Single-stage Cooling and Heating with Dedicated Fan speed Relays „ Example: Remote controller for 2-wire type controller Thermostat Indoor unit AC 24 V Max. 16 units Thermostat convertor AC 24 V Transformer* (Locally purchased) AC 208/230 V Install the transformer, as necessary, per building code and manufacturer’s installation instructions.
  • Page 513 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit : in (mm) 3-7/16 (86.7) Upper side 1-1/16 (27) 1/4 (7) 2-7/8 (72.7) Bottom side „ SPECIFICATIONS „ Max. connectable indoor unit number Input Power (W) Temperature: °F Operating 32 to 114 (0 to 46) (°C) Packaged 14 to 140 (-10 to 60) 0 to 95 (RH);...
  • Page 514 „ LED DISPLAY „ z Positions „ z Normal code „ LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 Contents (Green) (Orange) (Red) (Blue) ● ● During initialization sequence Normally operating ● : 1 s ON / 1 s OFF z Error code „ LED1 LED2 LED3...
  • Page 515 ® 3-6. BACnet GATEWAY (HARDWARE) „ MODEL: UTY-VBGX „ ● The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS ® system using BACnet protocol. ® ● Maximum of 128 indoor units can be connected to one BACnet Gateway. ● VRF system can be centrally controlled or monitored from BMS via UTY-VBGX.
  • Page 516 „ FUNCTIONS „ z Indoor unit control „ ● Individual control ® ® Commands from BACnet Network are sent to the respective indoor units. (BACnet Network → respective indoor units of VRF Network) ● Batch control ® Commands from BACnet Network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF Network.
  • Page 517 „ CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS WITH OBJECT TYPES „ NOTE: For detailed information, check the Instruction Manual. Category Bacnet Object Function Name Remark Target Monitor Control Type Operation Setting ○ Operation Mode ○ Temperature Setting ○ Fan Speed ○ R/C Prohibition ○...
  • Page 518  To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following cautions that may affect the operation of the compressor before executing the setting.  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „...
  • Page 519 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Includes the software and manuals of Tool for USB memory ® BACnet Gateway. Connector cable For initial setting. Dust proof bushing For connecting the power supply cable. „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „...
  • Page 520 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit : in.(mm) 10-5/8(270.4) R2.5 8-7/8(225.4) 8-11/16(220) 15/16(23.3) 1(25.2) „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ General purpose building control computer 1Φ 50/60 Hz 208-240 V (BMS) SWITCH TRANSMISSION CABLE FUSE (1.25 A) POWER SUPPLY CABLE BACnet Gateway ® INDOOR UNIT RJ45 B SGND TRANSMISSION CABLE...
  • Page 521 „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks 16 AWG Maximum 1 ø AC208-240 V 50/60 Hz, (1.25 mm Power supply cable 60245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2-Wire + ground 20 AWG Minimum (Always ground the unit) (0.5 mm Ethernet category 5 or higher Transmission cable Straight cable STP LAN cable with RJ45...
  • Page 522 5. Execute the Configuration Tool from the PC and perform necessary settings. For detail,refer to the Instruction Manual, 6. Perform scan from the Configuration Tool, and check that all VRF indoor/outdoor units are detected and available. 7. Remove the USB cable from the Gateway, and close the case. ®...
  • Page 523 „ SWITCH AND CONNECTOR ETC. LOCATION ON PCB „ VRF Network connector (LonWorks ® AC power fuse BMS Network connector (Ethernet) Battery for clock LED_PWR LED_ERR PC connector (USB) NOTE: Ensure proper space for all connectors when mounted. CAUTION: Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions.

  • Page 524: Bacnet Gateway (Hardware)

    ® 3-7. BACnet GATEWAY (SOFTWAER) 3-7-1. MODEL: UTY-ABGXZ1 ® ● It is possible to connect medium to large sized BMS to VRF network system via BACnet global standard for open networks. ● A maximum of 1600 indoor units with 4 VRF network systems (a maximum of 400 indoor ®...
  • Page 525 ® „ BACnet OBJECT LIST „ z Type : Indoor „ Unit Object Code Function Inactive Active name (II) Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Text-7 Set temp. status Degree Space temp. Degree Auto temp. (Low limit status) Degree Auto temp. (High limit status) Degree Cool/Dry temp.
  • Page 526 z Type : Outdoor „ Unit Object Code Function Inactive Active name (II) Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Text-7 Text-8 Outdoor unit error status Normal Fault Forced OFF status Reset Forced OFF setting Reset Outdoor unit priority Cool Heat Neutral None operation status *1...
  • Page 527  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the „ indoor units in the same refrigerant system simultaneously, conforming to the timing restriction described below. <Corresponding function> More than 10 minutes must elapse ·...
  • Page 528 „ INSTALLATION PROCEDURE „ Before installation, connect between the VRF Network System and the USB Adaptor. Brief installation steps are as follows: (For detail, check the Instruction Manual.) Step1: Install an appropriate driver for the USB Adaptor to the PC. *In this step, do not connect the USB Adaptor to the PC.

  • Page 529: Model: Uty-Abgx

    3-7-2. MODEL: UTY-ABGX ® ● It is possible to connect medium to large sized BMS to VRF network system via BACnet global standard for open networks. ● A maximum of 1,600 indoor units with 4 VRF network systems (a maximum of 400 indoor ®...
  • Page 530 ® „ BACnet OBJECT LIST „ z Type : Indoor „ Unit Object Code (II) Function Inactive Active name Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Set temp. status °F Space temp. °F Auto temp. (Low limit status) °F Auto temp. (High limit status) °F Cool/Dry temp.
  • Page 531 z Type : Outdoor „ Unit Object Code Function Inactive Active name (II) Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Text-5 Text-6 Text-7 Text-8 Outdoor unit error status Normal Fault Forced OFF status Reset Forced OFF setting Reset Outdoor unit priority Cool Heat Neutral None operation status *...
  • Page 532 • When regularly making the following settings to the same outdoor unit by using schedule function etc., leave the following interval. <Corresponding function> More than 6 minutes must elapse ·Reset outdoor unit forced off mode · Set outdoor unit forced off mode More than 3 minutes must elapse ...
  • Page 533 „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ • Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 Home Premium (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 ® ® • Microsoft Windows 7 Professional (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft ® Windows ® 8.1 (32-bit or 64-bit) ® ® •...
  • Page 534 3-8. SIGNAL AMPLIFIER „ MODEL: UTY-VSGXZ1 „ If the total length of transmission line exceeds 1,640ft. (500m), or the number of units exceeds 64 units, A signal amplifier will be required. ● Transmission line length can be extended up to 11,811 ft. (3,600m) with multiple signal amplifier. ●...
  • Page 535 z Case of VR-II (321 or more indoor units are installed) „ Signal amplifier (Filter mode : OFF) 1Ø 50/60Hz FUSE 208-240 V (3 A) Terminal resistor Switch (Disconnect switch) Other RB unit RB unit or indoor unit Refrigerant system 1 Outdoor unit Network segment 1 Network segment 2...
  • Page 536 z Filter mode setting „ Set the Filter mode to suppress an increase of the amount of communication information in the VR-II system. ● Filter mode is turned on by inserting the accessory connecting wire at the CN4 connector on the PCB. ●...
  • Page 537 „ PACKING LIST „ The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Cable Tie For securing controller cable. Screw For mounting the signal amplifier. (M4 × 20 mm) Terminal resistor For connecting the power supply cable. (Except in Dust proof bushing U.S.A.

  • Page 538: External Switch Controller

    3-9. EXTERNAL SWITCH CONTROLLER 3-9-1. MODEL: UTY-TERX ● Switching of air conditioner settings can be performed using an external switch controller and a third-party device. ● ON/OFF, Temperature, Fan Speed, Operating and Remote controller prohibition Mode can be switched using external devices, such as a room card-key.
  • Page 539 Connection to external contacts Select low current use contacts (usable at DC 5 V, 2 mA or less). Switch Switch Short circuit detection resistance (R ON): ≤ 500 (Ω). Open circuit detection resistance (R OFF): ≥ 100 (kΩ). External switch controller A twister pair cable 16 to 22AWG (0.33 to 1.25 mm²) should be use.
  • Page 540 Case 2: For polar 3 wire Modify the cable as per below methods. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown in Fig. 1. Connect the remote controller cable and connecting cable as shown in Fig.
  • Page 541 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual Screw For installing the external switch controller (M4 × 16 mm) Cable Tie For securing controller cable. „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Cable type Remarks Remote controller cable 16 to 22AWG Sheathed Non-polar 2 core, twisted pair (2-wire type)
  • Page 542 „ EXAMPLE „ Application Setting Wiring Operation example When controlling MODE0 P1 : ON, COOL, 80°F (26°C) P2 : OFF the individual P1: Arbitrary Indoor SW1 ON unit operation states operation state with two external Contact OFF→ON External contact P2: Arbitrary SW2 ON SW controller operation state...
  • Page 543 Application Setting Wiring Operation example When a MODE1 Indoor P1 : ON, COOL, 80°F (26°C) temperature sensor OFF output: unit P2 : ON,HEAT, 70°F (21°C) switch is connected Enabled and cooling and P1 : ON, COOL or heating switching is HEAT performed.

  • Page 544: Model: Uty-Tekx

    3-9-2. MODEL: UTY-TEKX ● Switching of air conditioner settings can be performed using an external switch controller and a third-party device. ● ON/OFF, Temperature, Fan Speed and Operating Mode can be switched using external devices, such as a room card-key. ●...
  • Page 545 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit: in. (mm) 1-3/16 (30) 2-15/16 (75) 2-3/8 (60) 5 - ø1/4 (7) 11/16 (18) Left view Front view Rear view „ INSTALLATION „ z Connection Pattern „ NOTE: Connection pattern is different for different indoor unit types. Indoor unit types Connection Pattern All Cassette type...
  • Page 546 2) Connect the remote controller cable to the connecting cable, and insert it to the connector. Set the DIP switch (SW1) to "3WIRE" on the PCB of the indoor unit. Set to "3WIRE" the DIP switch (SW1) Connect to earth Functional earthing Indoor unit (ground) screw...
  • Page 547 „ EXAMPLE „ Application Setting Wiring Operation example When controlling MODE0 P1 : ON, COOL, 80°F (26°C) P2 : OFF the individual P1: Arbitrary Indoor SW1 ON operation states operation state unit with two external Contact OFF→ON contact P2: Arbitrary External SW2 ON SW controller...

  • Page 548: Service Tool

    4. SERVICE & WEB MONITORING TOOL 4-1. SERVICE TOOL 4-1-1. MODEL: UTY - ASGXZ1 Extensive monitoring and analysis functions for installation and maintenance. Operation status and error history can be grasped promptly and adequately. „ FUNCTIONS „ 1) System List Displays the overall operation status of all or specified units in the system in a list form.
  • Page 549 6) Error History Displays the error information for each unit. The error information can sequentially be displayed up to 50 items as they occur starting with the latest error. 7) Graph Displays the sensor values of outdoor unit and indoor units in more detail and more easier to see.
  • Page 550 15) Error Memory Reader When an error occurs at an outdoor unit, the operation data records before the error are acquired over a network and saved to a CSV file. NOTE: To perform "Error Memory Reading", Service Tool and the corresponding outdoor unit must be connected directly with each other.
  • Page 551 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ Remote Side VRF System Side Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Software & protection key for Service Tool * (UTY-ASGXZ1) Personal Computer Internet (Locally purchased) USB Adaptor (Locally purchased) Up to 1 PC VRF network system can be connected simultaneously. WibuKey of UTY-ASGX can be used.
  • Page 552 „ SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „ ● For VRF System Side PC •Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional (32/64-bit) SP1 Operating system •Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Pro (32-bit or 64-bit) •Microsoft® Windows® 10 Pro (32-bit or 64-bit) 1 GHz or higher Memory • 1 GB or more (Windows® 7, 8.1, 10 [32-bit]) •...
  • Page 553 4-1-2. MODEL: UTY - ASGX Provides extensive monitoring and analysis functions to ensure the proper installation and maintenance of VRF systems. All performance data can be saved for further review and troubleshooting. Files can be shared for further evaluation. „ FUNCTIONS „...
  • Page 554 * Limits are deleted from controller and will need to be reprogrammed, if desired. 12) Model Name Writer A Fujitsu model number can be assigned to each target unit. 13) Error Memory Reader When an error occurs at an outdoor unit, the system retains operation data for the 5 minutes preceding the error.
  • Page 555 14) Time Guard Information * Reference data for determining the maintenance schedule for indoor and outdoor units (operation time for compressor, fan, etc.) can be output into a CSV file. *: Supported by Ver. 1.1 or later „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „...
  • Page 556 „ OTHER REQUIRED DEVICES (LOCALLY PURCHASED) „ ● Personal computer that satisfies the following system requirements „ ® ● Echelon U10 USB Network Interface – TP/FT-10 Channel (Model number: 75010R) (Required „ for each VRF Network.) „ PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS „...
  • Page 557 4-2. WEB MONITORING TOOL 4-2-1. MODEL: UTY-AMGXZ1 „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z System components „ Remote Side VRF System Side Software & Personal protection key for Computer (Locally Web Monitoring purchased) Tool * (UTY-AMGXZ1) Personal Computer Internet USB Adaptor (Locally purchased) (Locally purchased) Up to 2 PCs...
  • Page 558 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Includes the software and manuals for Web Monitoring Tool. Additionally, it works as the software protection key. WHITE-USB-KEY Software protection key to be connected to an USB port on the PC that the Web Monitoring Tool is installed.
  • Page 559 „ COMPARISON TABLE „ Service Tool Web Monitoring Tool UTY-ASGXZ1 UTY-AMGXZ1 Item VRF system VRF system Remote Side Remote Side Side Side ● ● ● ● System List ● ● ● ● Equipment Detail (Diagram) ● ● ● ● Equipment Detail (Status List) ●...
  • Page 560 4-2-2. MODEL: UTY-AMGX „ SYSTEM DIAGRAM „ z System components „ Monitoring Side VRF System Side Software (UTY-AMGX) Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Software Protection Key Internet Personal Computer USB Adaptor (Locally purchased) Public Telephone LIne VRF network system z Support 4 VRF network system „...
  • Page 561 „ PACKING LIST „ Name and shape Quantity Application Includes the software and manuals for DVD-ROM Web Monitoring Tool Software protection key to be inserted in a USB slot running Web Wibu key Monitoring Tool. Web Monitoring Tool may only run on a PC with (Software protection key) Wibu Key.
  • Page 562 „ COMPARISON TABLE „ Web Monitoring Tool Service Tool UTY-AMGX Item UTY-ASGX Monitoring Side VRF network system Side ● ● ● Interchangeability of equipment ● ● ● Indication of equipment list ● ● Operation control — ● ● ● Indication of refrigerant circuit diagram ●...
  • Page 563 6. SYSTEM DESIGN DTV_J2U045E_05--CHAPTER06 2017.12.26...
  • Page 564 CONTENTS CONTENTS 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 1. SYSTEM DESIGN ................. 06 - 01 1-1. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM ..............06 - 01 1-2. VRF NETWORK SYSTEM ..............06 - 04 1-3. MOUNTING POSITION ................06 - 10 2. PIPING DESIGN ................06 - 12 2-1.
  • Page 565 1. SYSTEM DESIGN 1-1. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM „ CONNECTABLE UNIT WITHIN 1 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM „ Unit Quantity Remarks Outdoor unit 1 unit 1 to Max. 6 units 3 ton (AOU36RLAVM) Indoor unit 1 to Max. 8 units 4 ton (AOU48RLAVM) 1 to Max. 9 units 5 ton (AOU60RLAVM) z Table „...
  • Page 566 „ EXAMPLE OF REFRIGERANT SYSTEM „ z Example 1 (OK) „ Outdoor unit Capacity ratio Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Total Connectable indoor Capacity Model capacity unit capacity Judgement (Btu/h) (Btu/h) Min. Max. Outdoor unit AOU60R 60,000 60,000  ≤ ≤...
  • Page 567 z Example 4 (OK) „ Outdoor unit Capacity ratio Indoor unit 1 Connectable indoor Total Capacity Model capacity unit capacity Judgement (Btu/h) (Btu/h) Min. Max. Outdoor unit AOU60R 60,000 60,000  ≤ ≤    50%  130%  30,000 <...
  • Page 568 1-2. VRF NETWORK SYSTEM „ MAXIMUM WIRING LENGTH OF VRF NETWORK SYSTEM „ Maximum wiring length Transmission line ft. (m) Total wiring length of transmission 11,811 (3,600) Maximum wiring length between units 1,312 (400) Total wiring length in 1 segment * 1,640 (500) VRF network system segment *...
  • Page 569 „ CONTROLLER AND CONVERTOR „ Maximum connectable Model Remarks units in one VRF network system Max.controllable VRF network system : 4 Max.controllable remote controller groups : 1600 per 4 VRF network system System *1:Note UTY-APGXZ1 Max.controllable indoor unit : 1,600 per 4 Controller VRF network system Max.controllable groups : 1,600 per 4...
  • Page 570 Maximum connectable Model Remarks units in one VRF network system The signal amplifier is required when Signal 1,640 ft.(500 m) or more in transmission UTY-VSGXZ1 Amplifier line length or connected unit exceeds 64units. Total number Max connectable Single split or Multi UTY-VTGX of refrigerant type : 16 units.
  • Page 571 „ MAXIMUM CONNECTION OF NETWORK SEGMENT „ z Network segment : divided network by signal amplifier „ ● In the following case, signal amplifier is required. „ (1) When the total length of the transmission line exceeds 1,640 ft. (500 m) (2) When the number of total unit*1 exceed over 64 units.
  • Page 572 z Meaning of unit „ Model name Unit ○ 3 ton AOU36RLAVM ○ Outdoor unit 4 ton AOU48RLAVM ○ 5 ton AOU60RLAVM ○ All indoor unit ○ System controller UTY-APGXZ1 ○ System controller Lite UTY-ALGXZ1 ○ Touch panel controller UTY-DTGYZ1 ○...
  • Page 573 „ THE MAXIMUM WIRING LENGTH OF UNIT „ Name Model Maximum wiring length ft. (m) Remote controller to Network convertor 328 (100) UTY-VGGXZ1 Used for single split Network convertor Airconditioner UTY-VTGX Indoor unit to Network convertor 328 (100) Signal amplifier UTY-VSGXZ1 In each network segment 1,640 (500)
  • Page 574 1-3. MOUNTING POSITION „ OUTDOOR UNIT „ For the air conditioner to operate satisfactorily, install it as outlines in installation manual. z Outdoor unit mounting position „ chapter ● A position where satisfies the mounting space described in “ 3. 3 Installation space". ●...
  • Page 575 „ INDOOR UNIT „ For the air conditioner to operate satisfactorily, install it as outlines in installation manual. z Indoor unit mounting position „ ● Decide the mounting position with the customer ● Install the unit level on a strong wall, floor, ceiling which is not subject to vibration. ●...
  • Page 576 2. PIPING DESIGN 2-1. IMPORTANT ITEMS WHEN USING REFRIGERANT R410A R410A operates at higher pressure and has less solubility with mineral oil than traditional R22 refrigerant. Therefore, the lubricant and a part of pipe material are different. Some special tools are necessary. „...
  • Page 577 „ WORK FLOW (EXAMPLE) „ Preparations Prepare Project Schedule ● Always check the refrigerant to be used. Refrigerant check ● Always use the specified refrigerant. ● Prepare materials / tools matched to the refrigerant. Operation chart preparation Start of work Indoor unit installation ●...
  • Page 578 2-2. PIPING LIMITATION „ LIMITATION „ Limitation: ft. (m) Diagram Total pipe length 590 (180) or less * Total Between outdoor unit and the farthest indoor unit 393 (120) or less a + b Between the first separation tube and the farthest indoor unit 131 (40) or less Between outdoor unit and the nearest indoor unit 17 (5) or more...
  • Page 579 „ CAUTION „ Keep the "piping limitation" for correct operation. z Allowable height difference: „ If the height difference between the indoor unit and outdoor unit is larger than the allowable value: ¾ The pressure loss will be larger → Insufficient cooling and heating „...
  • Page 580 2-3. PIPE SIZE Outdoor unit Pipe size (table"A") separation tube (optional) First separation tube (optional) header (optional) Pipe size (table"B") Pipe size (table"C") „ PIPE SIZE SELECTION „ ● Caution „ After referring to "COOLING CAPACITY TABLE" followed, select each Pipe size, Separation tube and Header from "COOLING CAPACITY TABLE"...
  • Page 581 z Pipe size table "B" „ (Between separation tube to separation tube (header)) Outside diameter in. (mm) Total cooling capacity of indoor unit (Btu/h) Liquid pipe Gas pipe 15,000 to 35,999 3/8" (9.52) 5/8" (15.88) 36,000 to 78,000 3/8" (9.52) 3/4"...
  • Page 582 „ INDOOR SIDE BRANCH KIT „ z Separation tube „ Separation tube UTP-AX090A z Header „ Header 3-6 Branches 3-8 Branches UTR-H0906L UTR-H0908L - (06 - 18) -...
  • Page 583 „ COOLING CAPACITY TABLE „ z Outdoor unit „ Cooling capacity Model name (Btu/h) 36,000 AOU36RLAVM 48,000 AOU48RLAVM 60,000 AOU60RLAVM z Indoor unit „ Cooling capacity Cooling capacity Type Model name Type Model name (Btu/h) (Btu/h) 12,000 ARUV12TLAV 4,000 AUUA4TLAV 18,000 ARUV18TLAV 7,500...
  • Page 584 2-4. SELECTION OF PIPE HEAT INSULATING MATERIAL ● Always insulate the refrigerant pipe to prevent condensation and water droplets by the „ refrigerant pipe. ● Decide the thickness of the heat insulating material by referring to the recommended „ minimum thickness in Table 1. (For installation condition T=90°F DB (32°C DB), humidity≤70%, humidity≤75%, humidity≤80%, humidity≤85%) ●...
  • Page 585 2-5. ADDITIONAL CHARGE CALCULATION ● The outdoor unit is charged refrigerant at the factory. ● Additional refrigerant required to be charged on site depending on pipe length. ● The additional refrigerant charge amount is calculated according to the following formula. ●...
  • Page 586 2-6. EXAMPLE OF PIPING DESIGN „ REFRIGERANT SYSTEM 1 „ Outdoor unit Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe. (62.0kBtu/h)(52.5kBtu/h) (45.0kBtu/h) (37.5kBtu/h)(30.0kBtu/h) (22.5kBtu/h) (15.0kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (9.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 587 z Selection of pipe size „ Liquid pipe 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) (9.52) (9.52) (9.52) (9.52) (9.52) in. (m) Gas pipe 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 5/8" 1/2" 5/8"...
  • Page 588 „ REFRIGERANT SYSTEM 2 „ Outdoor unit Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe. (58.0Btu/h) (44.0kBtu/h) (22.5kBtu/h) (21.5Btu/h) (9.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (14kBtu/h) (12kBtu/h) (14kBtu/h) (12kBtu/h) (9.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) (7.5kBtu/h) Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor unit unit unit...
  • Page 589 z Selection of pipe size „ Liquid pipe 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) 1/4" (6.35) (9.52) (9.52) (9.52) (9.52) in. (m) Gas pipe 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"...
  • Page 590 3. PIPING CONNECTION 3-1. CAUTION OF PIPING „ CAUTION „ Keep the permissible length of every piping limitation to prevent a defect or cooling/heating failure. z Piping material „ ● Use the designated size ( Diameter & thickness ) of refrigerant pipes. ●...
  • Page 591 „ CAUTION „ z Brazing „ While brazing the pipe, be sure to blow dry nitrogen gas through the pipes. If not used, it will be caused to damage for compressor and clog the strainer and electronic expansion valve. Example) Inside state of brazing pipe section Nitrogen gas used but not sufficient Nitrogen gas used Nitrogen gas does not used...
  • Page 592 3-2. PIPING TO OUTDOOR UNIT „ OPENING A KNOCKOUT HOLE „ CAUTION ● Be careful not to deform or scratch the panel while opening the knock out holes. ● To protect the piping insulation after opening a knock out hole, remove any burrs from the edge of the hole.
  • Page 593 „ PIPE CONNECTION „ CAUTION ● Be sure to install the pipe against the port on the indoor unit and the outdoor unit correctly. If the centering is improper, the flare nut cannot be tightened smoothly. If the flare nut is forced to turn, the threads will be damaged.
  • Page 594 In the case of AOU60RLAVM ● It is necessary to change a connection pipe diameter by using Reducer. (1) Reducer must be brazed outside of the outdoor unit. (2) Distance between 3-Way-Valve and Reducer ≤ 3 ft. (1m) (3) The part of Reducer do insulation processing after brazing . Brazing 3 ft.
  • Page 595 3-3. SEPARATION TUBE „ INSTALLATION „ z Separation tube „ Separation tube UTP-AX090A z Installation „ Select the connections with the pipe diameters that match the selected pipe sizes from the separation tubes, and cut them with a pipe cutter. Joint pipe (Separation tube) Field pipe 0 to 1/8 in.
  • Page 596 z Restriction when install „ Be sure following restriction. 1) Installation angle Place the separation tubes horizontally or vertically so that the refrigerant separates evenly. Good Good Prohibited Prohibited Horizontal Vertical CAUTION ● If it is placed horizontally, keep it within ± 15°. Otherwise, it will not separate the refrigerant evenly, causing a reduction in performance.
  • Page 597 z Heat insulation installation „ After brazing the pipes, and leak check use the supplied insulation to insulate them. 1) Remove the protective sheet from the double-stick tape that is affixed to the heat insulation. Double-stick tapes 2) Be sure to install the tape (accessory) in each heat insulation to the 2 positions as shown in the following figure.
  • Page 598 3-4. HEADER „ HEADER INSTALLATION „ z Header selection „ Header 3 - 6 Branches 3 - 8 Branches UTR-H0906L UTR-H0908L When Separate into two branches, use a separation tube instead. z Installation „ (1) Connecting the connection pipes from the indoor units. Always have at least one indoor unit connected to Always have at least one...
  • Page 599 (4) Connecting pipe locally purchased from outdoor unit, cut the pipe end to connect the pipe and close the opposite end. Cut 1 in. (25mm) Liquid pipe Field piping Pipe cutter (5) Use header support as necessary. Ceiling Ceiling Gas pipe Liquid pipe Hanging metal Hanging metal...
  • Page 600 2) Straight tube length A straight tube (minimum length 2 ft. (0.5 m) is necessary before header in order to separate the refrigerant exactly. 2 ft. (0.5 m) or more 2 ft. (0.5 m) or more Main pipe To indoor unit To indoor unit To indoor unit z Heat insulation installation...
  • Page 601 ● When approved for use in local code, we suggest installing Ground Fault Equipment Breaker (GFEB). In that case, GFEB shall be per Fujitsu recommended capacity in order to prevent malfunction of breaker device. ● Always use a dedicated power circuit for each condensing unit (outdoor unit). Never use a power supply shared by another appliance.
  • Page 602 „ WIRING SYSTEM OUTLINE „ (Remote / Monitoring USB adaptor side) *1 (locally purchased) Case of UTY-ALGX *1: Option is necessary. Outdoor unit power supply cable Touch Panel *2: Can not be used. 1ø 60 Hz 208 / 230 V Controller (Remote / NW2 *2...
  • Page 603 4-2. POWER SUPPLY CABLE WIRING „ POWER SUPPLY CABLE SPECIFICATIONS „ Use a separate power supply for the outdoor unit and indoor unit. z Outdoor unit „ Selection of the power supply cable and breaker when connecting single outdoor unit. Refer to the table for the breaker specifications of each installation condition.
  • Page 604 z Meaning of "Units" „ Model name "Units" Count Indoor unit AUUA4TLAV1 (Except Vertical air handler type) AUUA7-24TLAV AUUB18-48TLAV1 AUUB18-36TLAV ARUL4TLAV1 ARUL7-18TLAV ARUM24-36TLAV ARUH36-60TLAV AGUA4-14TLAV1 ABUA12-36TLAV ASUA4-14TLAV1 ASUB18-36TLAV1 ASUA7-14TLAV ASUB18-24TLAV Indoor unit ARUV12-60TLAV (Vertical air handler type) Example 1) Connectable indoor unit : ASUA9TLAV x 4 + AUUB18TLAV x 2 + ARUL9TLAV Amount of "Units"...
  • Page 605 ● Regulation of wire size and circuit breaker differs from each locality, refer in accordance with the regional standard. ● When approved for use in local code, we suggest installing Ground Fault Equipment Breaker (GFEB). In that case, GFEB shall be per Fujitsu recommended capacity in order to prevent malfunction of breaker device. Outdoor units...
  • Page 606 4-3. TRANSMISSION LINE „ TRANSMISSION WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Size Wire type Remarks LEVEL 4 (NEMA) 22AWG ® ORKS Transmission cable non-polar 2core, twisted pair solid core (0.33 mm compatible cable diameter 0.65 mm Use the shielded wire specified and always ground it both end. 22AWG (0.65 mm) Level 4 cable with shielded (National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Differs from the Category 4 specification proposed by the Electronic Industries Association / Telecommunication Industry Association (EIA/TIA)
  • Page 607 „ WIRING RULES „ ● In the following cases, Signal Amplifier is required. „ 1) When the total length of the transmission line exceeded 1,640 ft. (500 m) AB+BC+BD+DE+EF > 1,640 ft. (500 m) (Fig. 1) 2) When the total number of units *1 is over 64. ●...
  • Page 608 „ TRANSMISSION WIRING FLOW „ z Step 1 : Decide to use feature of Automatic Address Setting depending on „ system design Decide to use Automatic Address Setting or Manual Address Setting. ● Automatic Address Setting → Step 2 (1) „...
  • Page 609 (2) Manual Address Setting Connect the transmission cable like as Fig 4-1, 4-2. Refrigerant system 1 Transmission line Refrigerant system 2 Transmission line Transmission line Refrigerant system 3 Fig. 4-1 Refrigerant system 1 Outdoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Refrigerant system 2 Indoor unit Indoor unit...
  • Page 610 z Step 4 : Confirm how to install Signal Amplifier „ When Signal Amplifier is installed, network is divided into two network segments. In a network segment (NS) divided by a Signal Amplifier, it has to keep the following facts. 1)Total transmission line length: MAX 1,640 ft.
  • Page 611 „ TRANSMISSION LINE SEPARATION RULES „ ● The transmission line between indoor unit, outdoor unit and controllers can be connected by „ one cable. ● Terminal board available on the market or the ones inside the indoor unit or outdoor should „...
  • Page 612 Example 3 : Separation wiring from one terminal board radially. Terminal board Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 Refrigerant system 3 System controller Example 4 : Combination of example 2 and 3 Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 Refrigerant system 3 Terminal board System controller...
  • Page 613 „ WIRING METHOD „ Practical transmission wiring method is shown below. Each terminal has to be connected the following rules. To other refrigerant circuit outdoor unit Power supply 208/230V 1ø 60Hz Breaker 2 Breaker 1 Outdoor unit Transmission Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Transmission...
  • Page 614 4-4. CONTROLLER CABLE WIRING „ WIRING SPECIFICATIONS „ Model type Connection to Wire Size Specification System Controller USB Adaptor USB cable System Controller Lite USB Adaptor USB cable Touch Panel Controller Transmission line Refer to 4-3 Central Remote Controller Transmission line Refer to 4-3 22 to 16 Sheathed, Non-polar...
  • Page 615 „ WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (2-WIRE) WIRING „ SPECIFICATION Note: UTY-RNRUZ2 only Maximum connectable number of remote controllers by cable size and the length. Cable size Max.connectable number of remote controllers 328 ft. (100 m) < *L ≤ 820 ft. (250 m) < *L ≤ *L ≤...
  • Page 616 5. DRAIN CONNECTION 5-1. OUTDOOR UNIT CAUTION Perform drain work in accordance with this Manual, and ensure that the drain water is properly drained. If the drain work is not carried out correctly, water may drip down from the unit, wetting the furniture. When the outdoor temperature is 32 °F (0 °C) or less, do not use the accessory drain pipe and drain cap.
  • Page 617 5-2. INDOOR UNIT „ GENERAL RULES OF DRAIN PIPING „ ● Install the drain pipe with downward slope (1/100 or more) and so there are no rises in the „ pipe. ● Use general hard polyvinyl chloride pipe (ø3/4 [I.D.] ; ø1-1/16 [O.D.]) and connect it with „...
  • Page 618 „ CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE / CASSETTE TYPE „ 11 in. (300 mm) Downward 60 to 78 in. (1.5 to 2.0 m) or less Pipe Hanger slope1/100 or more ø3/4 [I.D.] ; ø1-1/16 [O.D.] drain hose (Locally purchased) (accessory) Attached band ø3/4 [I.D.] ;...
  • Page 619 „ MINI DUCT TYPE „ GOOD PROHIBITED Gap of 60 to 79 in. (1.5 to 2 m) Air bleeding Rise Supporter Locally arranged pipe VP25 [O.D 2 in. Max. 12 in. (300 mm) (32 mm) Trap or more] 28 in. (700 mm) or less Horizontal or upward gradient...
  • Page 620 „ SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ z Ceiling concealed setting „ Supporter Drain hose Drain cap 60 to 79 in.(1.5 to 2.0 m) Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Prohibited  Air vent   Rise Trap Prohibited...
  • Page 621 „ MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ Downward gradient 1/100 or more Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Attached drain hose Supporter Attached band 60 to 79 in. (1.5 to 2.0 m) Prohibited  Trap   Rise Air bleeding There is a drain port on the left and right sides.
  • Page 622 „ HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ z Main drain pipe „ Unit Drain hose (main) Drain pipe (main) Trap 60 to 79 in. (1.5 to 2.0 m) H1 = 4 in. (100 mm) or more H2 = 2 - 4 in. (50-100 mm) ●...
  • Page 623 „ VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE „ On the main drain, provide 1 trap near the indoor unit. This unit has a primary and a secondary drain port. A: 3-15/16 in. (100 mm) (Approx.) B: 1-15/16 to 3-15/16 in. (50 to 100 mm) Indoor unit Downward gradient 1/100 Base or return plenum...
  • Page 624 „ COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ drain cap drain hose The drain hose can be connected at either side of the indoor unit. drain pan drain pan drain hose No gap Drain cock Hexagon Drain cap drain holder wrench Screw drain cap For connection from the left rear Left piping Cable...
  • Page 625 „ FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ z Under ceiling setting „ Remove the hole cover Prohibited  Drain hose Arrange the drain hose lower than this position When drain hose is arranged backward. Secure the drain hose with the VT wire. Piping hole Base (Bottom) VT wire...
  • Page 626 „ CEILING TYPE „ Drain hose Supporter Arrange the drain hose 60 to 79 in. (1.5 to 2.0 m) lower than this position Prohibited  Rise  Trap End in water Fasten the drain pipe with VT wire so that the pipe slopes correctly within the indoor unit . VT wire Drain hose Indoor unit (rear view)
  • Page 627 „ WALL MOUNTED TYPE (4-14 Models) „ Installation method of Drain cap For left outlet piping, cut off the piping outlet cutting groove with a hacksaw. No gap No gap Remove the drain cap by pulling at the projection at the end of the cap with pliers, etc.
  • Page 628 „ CENTRAL DRAIN PROCESS „ When converging multiple drain pipes , install according to the procedure shown below. z For Compact Cassette type, Circular Flow Cassette type, Cassette type „ T-joint converging drain pipes VP30 (O.D. 1-1/2 [38 mm]) or more Downward gradient 1/100 to 1/50 Compact Cassette type 28 in.
  • Page 629 „ DRAIN INSULATION „ ● Confirm water flows into Drain pan of the indoor unit, and drains from the pan once the drain „ hose is connected. ● Check drain pipes for leaks. „ ● Insulate the drain to prevent condensation. „...
  • Page 630 6. STANDARD ACCESSORIES The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Do not discard any accessories until the installation work has been completed. 6-1. OUTDOOR UNIT Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Specifications Cable tie For binding power cable and transmission cable manual...
  • Page 631 6-2. INDOOR UNIT „ COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE „ INDOOR UNIT ACCESSORIES CASSETTE GRILLE ACCESSORIES Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Connector cover For covering connector manual Installation Tapping screw For mounting cassette grille manual (M5 × 12 mm) Cable Tie(s) For securing the Tapping screw...
  • Page 632 „ CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Template (Carton top) For installing indoor unit. manual Installation Washer For installing indoor unit manual Cable tie (Large) For fixing the connection Insulation For installing drain pipe pipe (Large and Small) Push mount cable tie...
  • Page 633 „ CASSETTE TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Template (Carton top) For installing indoor unit. manual Installation Washer For installing indoor unit manual Cable Tie(s) For securing the Insulation For installing drain hose refrigerant connection (Large) pipes.
  • Page 634 „ MINI DUCT TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Filter manual Installation Drain hose For installing drain hose manual Template (Carton top) For ceiling openings Band For installing drain hose cutting Also used as packing Washer For installing indoor unit Drain hose insulation B...
  • Page 635 „ SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Filter (Small) manual (AR07/09/ 12/14) Installation Filter (Big) manual (AR18) Installation template For positioning the indoor unit Drain hose For securing the refrigerant connection Washer For installing indoor unit...
  • Page 636 „ MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Special nut A For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling manual (Large flange) Installation Special nut B manual (Small flange) Cable Tie(s) For securing the Hanger For suspending the...
  • Page 637 „ HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE „ z Models : ARUH36, ARUH48, ARUH60 „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Special nut A For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling manual (Large flange) Installation Special nut B manual (Small flange) Cable Tie(s)
  • Page 638 „ VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating manual Installation manual Cable Tie For transmission and remote controller cable (Medium) binding. Gas pipe heat insulation For gas pipe at the unit inside - (06 - 74) -...
  • Page 639 „ COMPACT FLOOR TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Tapping screw For wall hook bracket installation manual Installation Cloth tape For indoor unit installation manual Push mount cable tie For transmission and remote controller Wall hook bracket For indoor unit cable binding...
  • Page 640 „ FLOOR / CEILING TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Tapping screw For fixing the wall bracket manual Installation Pipe Insulation For indoor piping connection manual Cover plate (left) Cable Tie(s) For securing the refrigerant connection Large pipes.
  • Page 641 „ CEILING TYPE „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Cable Tie(s) Extra For securing the large refrigerant connection manual pipes. Large For securing the power Installation supply, transmission manual cable and remote control cable. Do not run power Medium cable and transmission cable together, electrical...
  • Page 642 „ WALL MOUNTED TYPE „ z Models : ASUA4, 7, 9TLAV1 „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Tapping screw For wall hook bracket installation manual Installation Cloth tape For indoor unit installation manual Wall hook bracket For indoor unit installation z Models : ASUA12, 14TLAV1...
  • Page 643 z Models : ASUB18, 24TLAV1 „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Tapping screw For wall hook bracket installation manual Installation Air cleaning filter For installation, refer to the "CLEANING AND manual CARE" in the operating manual.
  • Page 644 z Models : ASUA7, 9, 12, 14TLAV „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Operating Tapping screw For wall hook bracket installation manual (M4 x 25mm) Installation Connecting Cable For wired remote control cable connection and manual simple remote controller cable connection.
  • Page 645 7. FUNCTION SETTING DTV_VR2U025E_12--CHAPTER07 2018.03.16...
  • Page 646 CONTENTS 7. FUNCTION SETTING SYSTEM SETTING ..............07 - 01 1-1. SYSTEM TYPE SETTING ................07 - 01 1-2. ADDRESS SETTING ................... 07 - 03 1-3. MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING METHOD ..........07 - 07 1-4. ADDRESS SETTING BY REMOTE CONTROLLER ........07 - 16 1-4-1.
  • Page 647 CONTENTS 7. FUNCTION SETTING 2-10. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNKU) ........07 - 119 2-11. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER ............07 - 121 2-12. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER ..............07 - 123 2-13. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER ............07 - 124 2-14. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (Touch panel) ........07 - 125 2-14-1.

  • Page 648: Function Setting

    1. SYSTEM SETTING 1-1. SYSTEM TYPE SETTING Set the DIP switch to the corresponding system type as shown in the table. Do not change DIP switch setting not specified below. NOTE Perform the system setting and address setting , before turning on the power. ¾...
  • Page 649 „ INDOOR UNIT SETTING „ Refer to the correct SW position for 2. Function Setting. <Step 1> Refrigerant circuit address setting Set the Rotary SW REF AD x10 & x1. For details, refer to "1-2. Address setting". <Step 2> Indoor unit address setting Set the Rotary SW IU AD x10 &...

  • Page 650: Address Setting

    1-2. ADDRESS SETTING For this system, each address should be preset before operation. Refer following table for outdoor unit, indoor unit, RB unit and each remote controller. „ KINDS OF ADDRESS AND SETTING RANGE „ SETTING UNIT SETTING TYPE OF SWITCH REMARKS RANGE Setting...
  • Page 651 „ KINDS OF ADDRESS AND SETTING RANGE „ SETTING UNIT SETTING TYPE OF SWITCH REMARKS RANGE n Manual address setting Arbitrary numbers can be set in range of 00-99. Setting Refrigerant See the setting method 2-9. 00 ~ 99 example REF AD REF AD circuit address...
  • Page 652 „ SETTING EXAMPLE „ SetA SetB SetA SetB SetA SetB (V-II series) SetC SetL SetL SetL Master Slave1 Slave2 RB unit (Single) Transmission line (Non-polar 2 core) SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF SetD SetE SetF...
  • Page 653 „ SETTING EXAMPLE „ ● Outdoor unit setting ● Indoor unit setting SetA: Refrigerant circuit address SetD SetE SetF (Rotary SW REF AD x10, x1) SetB: Outdoor unit address SetA SetB (DIP SW SET3-1, 3-2) SetD SetE SetF SetC: Number of slave unit SetC SetL (DIP SW SET3-3, 3-4)

  • Page 654: Manual Address Setting Method

    1-3. MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING METHOD „ ADDRESS SETTING DESCRIPTION „ z Refrigerant circuit address (Set A, Set D and Set O) „ In case of 2 or more refrigerant system in VRF network system, each refrigerant system should be set an exclusive refrigerant circuit address. Refrigerant system : It means same refrigerant circuit which has connected between outdoor unit and indoor unit by piping.
  • Page 655 z Outdoor unit address (Set B) „ This function is available VR-II and V-II series. Set the outdoor unit address for each outdoor unit. Outdoor unit is preset "0" , at factory setting. No change to this setting needed for 1 Outdoor Unit systems. In case of 2 or 3 outdoor units connected in same refrigerant circuit, set the slave unit which has installed farther from master unit to Slave2 setting "2".
  • Page 656 z Number of outdoor units installed (Set L) „ This function is available VR-II and V-II series. The number of outdoor units installed in one refrigerant system must be set. Set for all outdoor units. Number of outdoor unit SW SET5-1 OFF SW SET5-2 OFF Master Number of outdoor unit...
  • Page 657 z Indoor unit address (Set E) „ Each indoor unit on the same refrigerant system should be set to a different indoor unit address. Rotary SW setting Indoor unit address IU AD x10 IU AD x1 *Setting range 00 - 63(Arbitrary numbers can be set) *Do not set indoor unit address to the range of 64 from 99.
  • Page 658 z Remote controller address (Set F) „ One individual remote controller can control up to a max of 16 indoor units with a connecting cable. All units connected to the same remote control area considered a remote control group. i) 3 wire type Only for manual address setting R.C.line: 3 wire 3 wire type R.C.
  • Page 659 z RB unit address (Set P) „ Each RB unit in same refrigerant system should be set an exclusive RB unit address. 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 01 00 02 00 13 Rotary SW setting RB unit address RB AD x10 RB AD x1 *Setting range 00 - 63(Arbitrary numbers can be set)
  • Page 660 z Touch panel controller setting (Set G) „ Touch panel controller (Max. 16) *1 NOTE: Set Touch panel controller address first, to conduct the initial setting of it. Refer to the "setting manual" for details. *1 : The total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller and Network convertor for L ®...
  • Page 661 z Dual remote control switch for Wired remote controller, Simple remote „ controller (Set I) When 2 wired remote controllers are connected to the remote control group, select the. ● Slave remote controller cannot be used for timer setting. „ ●...
  • Page 662 z Network convertor for L setting (Set M) „ ORKS ® Network convertor for ORKS ® NOTE: Setting up more than one Network Convertor in one VRF network system is prohibited. *1 : The total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller and Network convertor for L ®...

  • Page 663: Address Setting By Remote Controller

    1-4. ADDRESS SETTING BY REMOTE CONTROLLER 1-4-1. WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER ● A wireless remote controller is required to set the infrared address setting. „ ● This function is available in all indoor unit with infrared signal receiver. „ ● Infrared address setting for duct type and cassette type models can be made possible by „...
  • Page 664 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ (3) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO” (4) Press and hold the “FAN” and the “ SET button for 3 seconds. TEMP. ”　buttons. While holding these 2 buttons, press the "RESET" button. Pi Pi Pi SET TEMP.
  • Page 665 „ BUTTON NAME AND FUNCTION „ ● Refer to “1-2" for an outline of the address setting. ● It does not matter whether the refrigerant circuit address or indoor unit address is set first. (The method shown here sets the indoor unit address first.) ●...
  • Page 666 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS SETTING „ (7) Press the “MODE” button to access the (8) Make sure the function number is ‘01’. If the address setting mode. number is other than ‘01’, press the “ ” or the “...
  • Page 667 z REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT ADDRESS SETTING „ NOTE: The refrigerant circuit address is displayed when the following operations are performed even while indoor unit address is displayed on LED display of indoor unit. (14) Press the “FAN” button to select the (15) Press the "...
  • Page 668 „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ (21) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO ” (22) Press the “RESET” button. button for 3 seconds. Pi Pi Pi After pressing the RESET button, set the custom code again if b,c,d setting. MANUAL AUTO RESET IR RECEIVER UNIT MANUAL...
  • Page 669 „ SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT „ 01-01 01-02 01-03 Repeat steps (1) through to (25). Steps (1) through to (6) and (21) to (25) only need to carried out if the custom code is different to the factory setting of “A”. „...
  • Page 670 1-4-2. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNKU) ● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote controllers. ● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 671 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 4) To activate the address setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Address setting mode initial display „...
  • Page 672 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z Indoor unit address setting „ 5) Pressing the SET BACK button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 6) Pressing the SET TIME <...
  • Page 673 z Refrigerant circuit address setting „ 9) Pressing the SET BACK button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected *If the indoor unit you want to operate has already been selected, skip step 9) 10) Pressing the SET TIME <...

  • Page 674: Wired Remote Controller (Uty-Rnku)

    „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 13) To clear the address setting mode and return to the regular display, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time. Normal mode display ¾...
  • Page 675 1-4-3. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNRUZ*) ● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote controllers. ● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 676 „ PREPARATION „ 3) Turn on the power to the indoor unit. ● By turning on the power indoor units initializes EEV, so make sure the piping air-tight test and vacuuming have been conducted before turning on the power. ● Also check again to make sure no wiring mistakes were made before turning on the power. Breaker ON Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 677 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z Indoor unit address setting „ 5) Touch the [Address] on the “Function 6) “Address” screen is displayed. Select the Setting” screen. address of the indoor unit whose function number is to be set by touching [▲] or [▼]. Function Setting Address [002–01]...
  • Page 678 z Refrigerant circuit address setting „ 12) Touch the [Address] on the “Function 13) “Address” screen is displayed. Select the Setting” screen. address of the indoor unit whose function number is to be set by touching [▲] or [▼]. Function Setting When setting at all the indoor units, touch Address [002–01]...
  • Page 679 „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 19) When the [Back] on the “Function Setting” screen is touched, the display returns to the “Maintenance” screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [02] Setting No. [18] Back Setting „ SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT „...
  • Page 680 1-4-4. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RSRY, UTY-RHRY) ● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using simple remote controllers. ● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a simple remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 681 3) Turn on the power to the indoor unit. ● By turning on the power indoor units initializes EEV, so make sure the piping air-tight test and vacuuming have been conducted before turning on the power. ● Also check again to make sure no wiring mistakes were made before turning on the power. Breaker ON Indoor Indoor...
  • Page 682 9) Select the “13” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. Then press the “ ” button. „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS SETTING „ 10) Select the 2-wire remote controller address with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button.
  • Page 683 13) Setting results are displayed after data transmission. Indoor unit address Ex.) When indoor unit address data "12" is set up ERROR GOOD ● When indoor unit address data was not ● When indoor unit address data was set up on the indoor unit (-- is displayed.) normally set up on the indoor unit.
  • Page 684 17) Set the setting number with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. Then press the “ ” button. Refrigerant circuit address 18) Setting results are displayed after data transmission. Refrigerant circuit address Ex.) When indoor unit address data "18"...

  • Page 685: Simple Remote Controller (Uty-Rsry, Uty-Rhry)

    „ SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT „ Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Simple remote Simple remote Simple remote controller controller controller Repeat the procedures in steps 1) through 13), and set up the indoor units requiring address setting.
  • Page 686 1-4-5. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RSKU, UTY-RHKU) ● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using simple remote controllers. ● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a simple remote controller is being connected.
  • Page 687 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 4) To activate the address setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. q , SET TEMP. p and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Address setting mode initial display „...
  • Page 688 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ z Indoor unit address setting „ 5) Pressing the SET TEMP. p button or SET TEMP. q button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 6) Press the FAN button so that the “Function number”...
  • Page 689 z Refrigerant circuit address setting „ 9) Pressing the SET TEMP. p button or SET TEMP. q button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected *If the indoor unit you want to operate has already been selected, skip step 9).
  • Page 690 „ COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 13) Press the three buttons of SET TEMP. p, SET TEMP. q and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. The address setting mode will be cleared and the regular display will be restored.

  • Page 691: Automatic Address Setting

    1-5. AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING The addresses of signal amplifiers, indoor units and RB units can be set automatically. Caution Following are cautions when performing AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING. 1. The Controller cannot be used. 2. AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING may take about 30 minutes. 3.
  • Page 692 „ SWITCH POSITION „ 7 Segment LED lamp LED Lamp Rotary switch POWER ERROR MODE LED101 LED102 (GREEN) (RED) REF AD LED105 LED104 X 10 SW106 SW105 MODE SET1 SET2 SET3 SET4 SELECT ENTER /EXIT SW107 SW108 SW109 Push button DIP switch SET5 SW110...

  • Page 693: Signal Amplifier Automatic Address Setting

    1-5-1. SIGNAL AMPLIFIER AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING CAUTION ● The Signal Amplifier Automatic Address Setting function can be used for a maximum of 40 signal amplifiers installed within the same network. ● Perform the automatic address setting of signal amplifiers on only one outdoor unit (master unit) within the same network.
  • Page 694 6) When automatic address setting is completed, the number of signal amplifier is displayed on the LED104. Verify that the count matches the number of signal amplifiers being installed. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Ex.) When eight signal amplifiers are being connected 7) To exit automatic address setting, press the ENTER button (SW109) in the setting completed status shown in step 6) above.

  • Page 695: Indoor Unit Automatic Address Setting

    1-5-2. INDOOR UNIT AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING Caution ● The Indoor Unit Automatic Address Setting function can be used for a maximum of 64 indoor units installed within the same refrigerant system. However, a maximum of 45 indoor units can be installed within the same refrigerant system. ●...
  • Page 696 5) When “11” appears on the LED105, hold down the ENTER button (SW109) for at least 3 seconds.(Unless it is held down for at least 3 seconds, the selection will not be confirmed.) LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 When the Automatic Address Setting function is activated, the display changes to “run.” 6) When automatic address setting is completed, the number of indoor units of which automatic address setting succeeded is displayed on the LED105, and the number of indoor units of which automatic address setting failed is displayed on the LED104.

  • Page 697: Rb Unit Automatic Address Setting

    1-5-3. RB UNIT AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING This function is available VR-II series. Caution ● Be sure to finish address setting of outdoor unit and indoor unit before performing the automatic address setting of RB unit. ● The RB Unit Automatic Address Setting function can be used for a maximum of 64 RB units installed within the same refrigerant system.
  • Page 698 5) When “22” appears on the LED105, hold down the ENTER button (SW109) for at least 3 seconds.(Unless it is held down for at least 3 seconds, the selection will not be confirmed.) LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 When the Automatic Address Setting function is activated, the display changes to “run.” 6) When automatic address setting is completed, the number of RB units of which automatic address setting succeeded is displayed on the LED105, and the number of RB units of which automatic address setting failed is displayed on the LED104.

  • Page 699: Example Flow

    1-5-4. EXAMPLE FLOW z Example 1 : To automatically set the addresses of signal amplifiers, „ indoor units and RB units Follow the step below Heat Recovery system  Signal amplifier Master unit RB unit address No.   Refrigerant circuit address No. ...
  • Page 700 CAUTION ● Before activating the Automatic Address Setting function, be sure to finish setting the refrigerant circuit addresses of outdoor units. ● Setting the addresses of indoor units automatically does not necessary mean that addresses are assigned sequentially starting from the indoor unit which is located the closest to the outdoor units (instead, addresses are assigned randomly).
  • Page 701 z Example 2 : To automatically set the addresses of signal amplifiers only „ (When the addresses of indoor units and RB units will be set manually) Follow the step below  Heat Recovery system Master unit  Refrigerant system1 Heat Recovery system Refrigerant system2 Heat Pump system...

  • Page 702: Terminal Resistor Setting

    1-6. TERMINAL RESISTOR SETTING CAUTION Be sure to set the terminal resistor according to specifications. Set the terminal resistor for every network segment (NS). ● If terminal resistor is set in multiple devices, the overall communication system may be damaged. ●...

  • Page 703: Indoor Unit Connection Check

    1-7. INDOOR UNIT CONNECTION CHECK This function is available J-II series. NOTE ● It is necessary to stop SERVICE TOOL (UTY-ASGX) and WEB MONITORING TOOL (UTY-AMGX), when you will carry out indoor unit connection check. 1) After verifying that the system is normally, press the MODE/EXIT button (SW107) once. LED105 LED104 LED105...
  • Page 704 7) When the number of indoor units appear on the LED104, LED105, press the SELECT button (SW108), the display changes to volume ratio of the indoor units. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Ex.) When volume ratio of the indoor units is 120 %. 8) When “the number of indoor units”...

  • Page 705: Function Setting

    2. FUNCTION SETTING 2-1. OUTDOOR UNIT „ SWITCH POSITION „ 7 Segment LED Lamp LED lamp Rotary switch POWER ERROR MODE LED101 LED102 (GREEN) (RED) REF AD LED105 LED104 SW106 SW105 X 10 MODE SET1 SET2 SET3 SET4 SELECT ENTER /EXIT SW107 SW108...
  • Page 706 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ 1) After verifying that the system is operating normally, press the MODE/EXIT button (SW107) once. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 2) Press the SELECT button (SW108), and display “F2” on the LED104. (Monitoring mode) (Setting mode) (Function mode) (Error history mode) LED105 LED104...
  • Page 707 5) Again, referring to the Settings List shown below, press the SELECT button (SW108), and display the code number of the function you want to set on the LED104. Ex.) To select the Emergency Stop function LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Next, press the ENTER button (SW109), and confirm the selection of the function you want to set.

  • Page 708: Outdoor Unit

    2-1-1. VR-II series „ SETTINGS LIST „ Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Standard (131 to 213ft.) (40 to 65m) Short (less than 131ft.) (less than 40m) Pipe length means the length Pipe length Medium (213 to 295ft.) between master outdoor unit...
  • Page 709 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave This mode selects the pattern of the stop function to be operated by the external input terminal (CN134). Batch stop •Batch stop: The stop of all indoor units connected to same refrigerant system due to input signal coming from CN134.
  • Page 710 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Level 1 (stop) The capacity limit can be selected by the external Level 2 (operated at input terminal (CN133) when 40% capacity) operating with the “Energy Energy saving Level 3 (operated at Saving Peak Cut function.”...
  • Page 711 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave If the cooling/heating Off (quiet priority) performance becomes insufficient when the low noise Capacity mode is set, it is possible to priority setting set “capacity priority”...
  • Page 712 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Setting number x00 Setting number x01 Electricity meter ▪ ▪ ▪ Set the ones digit and tens digit No. setting 1 ▪ ▪ ▪...

  • Page 713: Series

    2-1-2. V-II (230V) series „ SETTINGS LIST „ LED105 Outdoor unit LED104 Factory CODE Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. setting Master Slave Standard (131 to 213ft.) (40 to 65m) Short (less than 131ft.) (less than 40m) Pipe length means the length Pipe length Medium (213 to 295ft.) between master outdoor unit...
  • Page 714 LED105 Outdoor unit LED104 Factory CODE Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. setting Master Slave Select the priority setting of the operation mode. Priority given to the first •Priority given to the first command command: Priority is given to the operation mode which is set first.
  • Page 715 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Celsius (°C) Change of unit ¡ ¡ (Temperature) Fahrenheit (°F) Change of unit ¡ ¡ (Pressure) Level 1 (stop) The capacity limit can be selected by the external Level 2 (operated at input terminal (CN133) when...
  • Page 716 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Setting number xx00 Setting number xx01 Electricity meter Set the ones digit and tens ▪ ▪ ▪ pulse setting 1 digit of the No. of the electricity ▪...

  • Page 717: Series

    2-1-3. V-II (460V) series „ SETTINGS LIST „ LED105 Outdoor unit LED104 Factory CODE Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. setting Master Slave Standard (131 to 213ft.) (40 to 65m) Short (less than 131ft.) (less than 40m) Pipe length means the length Medium (213 to 295ft.) Pipe length between master outdoor unit...
  • Page 718 LED105 Outdoor unit LED104 Factory CODE Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. setting Master Slave This mode selects the pattern of the stop function to be operated by the external input terminal (CN134). Batch stop •Batch stop: The stop of all indoor units connected to same refrigerant system due to input signal coming from CN134.
  • Page 719 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting prohibited Prohibited Celsius (°C) Change of unit ¡ ¡...
  • Page 720 Outdoor unit LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Master Slave Setting number x00 Setting number x01 Electricity meter ▪ ▪ ▪ Set the ones digit and tens digit No. setting 1 ▪ ▪ ▪...
  • Page 721 2-1-4. J-II series „ SETTINGS LIST „ LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Standard (131 to 213ft.) (40 to 65m) Short (less than 131ft.) (less than 40m) Pipe length Pipe length means the length between outdoor Medium (213 to 295ft.) setting unit and the nearest indoor unit.
  • Page 722 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting This mode selects the pattern of the stop function to be operated by the external input terminal (CN134). Batch stop •Batch stop: The stop of all indoor units connected to same refrigerant system due to Switching input signal coming from CN134.
  • Page 723 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Celsius (°C) Change of unit (Temperature) Fahrenheit (°F) Change of unit (Pressure) Level 1 (stop) The capacity limit can be selected by the Level 2 external input terminal (CN133) when operating Outdoor unit with the “Outdoor unit capacity save function.”...
  • Page 724 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting 42.8°F (6°C) 14.0°F (-10°C) 17.6°F (-8°C) 21.2°F (-6°C) 24.8°F (-4°C) 28.4°F (-2°C) Setting required if changing of the outdoor temperature setting for heat pump only zone is 32.0°F (0°C) Outdoor required when heater selection control using...
  • Page 725 LED105 LED104 Factory Setting Mode Setting Function Remarks CODE No. CODE No. setting Setting number x00 Setting number x01 Electricity meter ▪ ▪ ▪ No. setting 1 Set the ones digit and tens digit of the No. of ▪ ▪ ▪...

  • Page 726: Indoor Unit (Setting By Switch)

    2-2. INDOOR UNIT (setting by switch) „ SWITCH POSITION „ Type of PCB Type of Indoor unit Compact cassette, Cassette, Mini duct, Slim duct/Slim concealed floor, Type 1 Medium static pressure duct, High static pressure duct, Floor/ceiling, Ceiling, Vertical air handler Type 2 Wall mounted (ASUB18, 24) Type 3...
  • Page 727 z Type 2 „ DIP switch (type B) Rotary switch (type C) SW PCB SET1 SET2 SW604 SW605 SW606 SW607 SW608 DIP switch (type A) SW601 SW602 DIP switch Rotary switch (type A) (type D) Main PCB z Type 3 „...
  • Page 728 z Type 4 „ DIP switch (type A) SET1 SET2 Main PCB Rotary switch (type C) DIP switch (type A) z Type 5 „ DIP switch (type A) Rotary switch (type C) switch (type A) z Type 6 „ Rotary switch (type C) DIP switch (type A)
  • Page 729 z Type 7 „ Rotary switch DIP switch switch (type A) (type A) (type C) „ SWITCH TYPE „ Rotary switch Rotary switch DIP switch DIP switch (type C) (type D) (type A) (type B) 2WIRE 3WIRE - (07 - 82) -...
  • Page 730 „ SWITCH TABLE „ Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) SET1 Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) External input select "edge/pulse" SET2 Indoor unit fan setting for external heater Prohibited type A DIP-SW...
  • Page 731 „ DIP SWITCH SETTING „ z SET2 setting „ ●External input select “Edge/Pulse” (u...Factory setting) SET2-2 External input select Edge Pulse ●Indoor unit fan setting for external heater It is a function to delay the stop of cooling fan when the air conditioner is stopped. When external heater is connected, turn "ON"...
  • Page 732 z SET3 setting „ ●Wireless remote controller custom code switch This DIP switch sets the custom code of the wireless remote controller of an indoor unit. If multiple indoor units are being installed in the same room, switch the custom codes of the corresponding wireless remote controllers in order to prevent their signals from being mixed.
  • Page 733 z SET4 setting „ ●Drainage function switch (Slim duct type only) If contained drain pump is not used, set the drainage function to "Disable" in the drainage function switching. (u...Factory setting) SET4-1 Drainage function Enable Disable *NOTE: Always confirm proper setting. Incorrect setting may cause damage from water leakage.
  • Page 734 z SW1 setting „ ●Remote controller wire type setting switch (u...Factory setting) Remote controller wire type 2WIRE 2 Wire type 3WIRE 3 Wire type „ ROTARY SWITCH SETTING „ z IU AD setting „ ●Indoor unit address switch Sets the indoor unit addresses. Refer to "1-3.
  • Page 735 z RC AD setting „ ●Remote controller address switch When the indoor unit is wired by remote controller group, to identity the indoor unit in the remote controller group, the number (remote controller address) in the remote controller group is set. i) 3 wire type Only for manual address setting Set the remote controller address in the 0.1.2,~,15 order (Blank is not allowed)

  • Page 736: Indoor Unit (Setting By Wireless Remote Controller)

    2-3. INDOOR UNIT (setting by wireless remote controller) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 737 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ (2) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO” (3) Press and hold the “FAN” and the “ SET button for 3 seconds. TEMP. ”　buttons. While holding these 2 buttons, press the "RESET" button. Pi Pi Pi SET TEMP.
  • Page 738 „ BUTTON NAME AND FUNCTION „ ● During address setting mode, indoor unit reject the any operation command from remote controller. Function number Refer to FUNCTION DETAILS MODE button Setting number - Start the function setting mode Refer to FUNCTION DETAILS - Changes the display digits FAN button START/STOP button...
  • Page 739 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ (6) Press the “MODE” button to access the (7) Press the “ ” or the “ ” buttons to function setting mode. select the function number. Each time the “MODE” button is pressed, it switches between the one's place and the ten's place positions.
  • Page 740 Case2 : When setting number is two digits. (11-2) Indoor unit will display the function setting number on "OPERATION"(GREEN), "TIMER "(ORANGE) and "FILTER "(RED) light. Phase1 (Example) Function number : 26, Setting number : 31 OPERATION TIMER FILTER 0.5sec ON / 0.5sec OFF (GREEN) (ORANGE) (RED)
  • Page 741 „ COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ (13) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO ” (14) Press the “RESET” button. button for 3 seconds. After pressing the RESET Pi Pi Pi button, set the custom code again if b,c,d setting. MANUAL AUTO RESET IR RECEIVER UNIT MANUAL...
  • Page 742 „ SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT „ 01-01 01-02 01-03 Repeat steps (1) through to (16). Steps (1) through to (5) and (13) to (16) only need to carried out if the custom code is different to the factory setting of “A”. „...

  • Page 743: Indoor Unit (Setting By Wired Remote Controller [Touch Panel])

    2-4. INDOOR UNIT (setting by wired remote controller [Touch panel]) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 744 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 3) When the [Function Setting] on the “Maintenance” screen is touched, the “Installer Password Verification” screen is displayed. Enter the Installer Password, and touch the [OK]. “Function Setting” screen is displayed. Maintenance Function Setting Page 2/ 3 R.C.
  • Page 745 8)Touch the [Setting] on the “Function Setting” 9) Setting screen of “Setting No.” is displayed. screen. Set the Setting No. with the [▲] or [▼]. Function Setting Function Setting Address [002–01] Address [002–01] Function No. [30] Setting No. Function No. [30] Setting No.
  • Page 746 „ COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 11) When the [Back] on the “Function Setting” screen is touched, the display returns to the “Maintenance” screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [30] Setting No. [01] Back Setting „ SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT „...

  • Page 747: Indoor Unit (Setting By Wired Remote Controller)

    2-5. INDOOR UNIT (setting by wired remote controller) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 748 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 3) To activate the function setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Address setting mode initial display „...
  • Page 749 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ 4) Pressing the SET BACK button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate) Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 5) Pressing the SET TIME < button or the SET TIME > button, to select the function number. Function number 6) Pressing the SET TEMP.
  • Page 750 „ COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 8) To clear the function setting mode and return to the regular display, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time. Normal mode display ¾...

  • Page 751: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rsry, Uty-Rhry)

    2-6. INDOOR UNIT (setting by UTY-RSRY, UTY-RHRY) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 752 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE „ 3) With “Monitor Mode” screen displayed, press and hold the SET TEMP. “ ” button and FAN “ ” button simultaneously for at least 2 seconds. 4) The Menu 1 screen is displayed. Press and hold the FAN “ ” button for at least 2 seconds. Setting mode selection screen is displayed.
  • Page 753 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ This procedure changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the system to malfunction. Perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller. ●...
  • Page 754 13) Press the “ ” button to return to the 2-wire remote controller address selection screen of (2). If setting has been completed, press the FAN “ ” button to return to the Menu 2-F1 item selection screen. NOTE: ● This item cannot be set from slave remote controllers. „...

  • Page 755: Indoor Unit (Setting By Uty-Rsku, Uty-Rhku)

    2-7. INDOOR UNIT (setting by UTY-RSKU, UTY-RHKU) ● This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to „ the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. ● After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the „...
  • Page 756 „ SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 3) To activate the function setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. q , SET TEMP. p and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Function setting mode initial display „...
  • Page 757 „ FUNCTION SETTING „ 4) Pressing the SET TEMP. p button or SET TEMP. q button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 5) Press the FAN button so that the “Function number”...
  • Page 758 „ COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE „ 8) Press the three buttons of SET TEMP. p, SET TEMP. q and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. The function setting mode will be cleared and the regular display will be restored.

  • Page 759: Function Details

    2-8. FUNCTION DETAILS Function Function Setting number Default Details number Default Adjust the filter cleaning interval notification. If the notification is too Filter early, change to setting 01. If the notification is too late, change to indicator Longer setting 02. interval Shorter Enable...
  • Page 760 Function Function Setting number Default Details number Enable *1 Auto Enable or disable automatic system restart after a power outage. restart Disable Super low Cool Air Restrain the cold airflow with making the airflow lower when starting Follow the setting Prevention heating operation.
  • Page 761 Function Function Setting number Default Details number Single setpoint auto mode Switch the setting method of auto mode to single or dual (cooling/ (traditional) heating). *1 Auto mode type For heat pump systems, it is necessary to set the master indoor unit (by wired remote controller).
  • Page 762 ●Temperature conditions when the external heater is ON Temperature (t) when the external heater is ON= Room temperature - set temperature Set value of function: 61 t ˂ -5.4°F (-3°C) t ≤ -0.9°F (-0.5°C) t ˂ -3.6°F (-2°C) t ≤ -1.8°F (-1°C) t ˂...

  • Page 763: Rb Unit

    2-9. RB UNIT „ SWITCH POSITION „ DIP switch SET1 (type A) REF AD REF AD RB AD RB AD DIP switch SET2 (type B) Rotary switch (type C) „ SWITCH TYPE „ Rotary switch DIP switch DIP switch (type C) (type A) (type B) - (07 - 116) -...
  • Page 764 „ SWITCH TABLE „ Prohibited type A SET1 Prohibited Prohibited DIP-SW Operation mode selecting switch 1 Operation mode selecting switch 2 type B SET2 Cool/heat selection control time switch 1 Cool/heat selection control time switch 2 RB AD RB unit address switch 1 RB AD RB unit address switch 2 x 10...
  • Page 765 ●Cool/heat selection control time setting Setting to reduce the time to switch between heating and cooling mode at the RB unit. When the switching time is short, refrigerant noise may be heard when switching between modes. Always locate the RB unit is a space that will be not be effected by refrigerant noise. (u...Factory setting) SET2-3 SET2-4 Cool/heat selection control time 6 min.
  • Page 766 2-10. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNKU) Prohibited Dual remote controller setting Prohibited Switch 1 Fahrenheit (°F) / Celsius (°C) setting Prohibited Memory backup setting * Do not use DIP Switch 2 „ SWITCH POSITION „ z Wired remote controller „ Model : UTY-RNK Ý Front case (back side) DIP Switch 2 DIP Switch 1...
  • Page 767 z SW2 setting „ ●Dual remote controller setting Set the remote controller SW2 according to the following table. (u...Factory setting) Indoor unit Master unit Slave unit Number Remote controller cable of remote 1 2 3 controller When ground wire is necessary 1 (Normal) 2 (Dual) 1 2 3...
  • Page 768 2-11. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER Prohibited Dual remote controller setting °F / °C setting Switch 1 Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited „ SWITCH POSITION „ z Simple remote controller „ Model : UTY-RSKU „ „„„„ Model : UTY-RHKU DIP Switch 1 DIP Switch 1 „...
  • Page 769 z SW2 setting „ ●Dual remote controller setting Set the remote controller SW2 according to the following table. Indoor unit (u...Factory setting) Master unit Slave unit Number Remote controller cable of remote 1 2 3 controller When ground wire is necessary 1 (Normal) 2 (Dual) 1 2 3...
  • Page 770 2-12. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER „ ADDRESS SETTING „ ● Display the Installer Setting screen and press "Change" button of "1. Touch panel controller „ address setting". ● Select “Address” from 00 to 15 on the screen and click the button. At the end of setting, click „...
  • Page 771 2-13. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER „ ADDRESS SETTING „ ● Display the Installer Setting screen and Press the [ ] button and move the cursor to „ "Central Controller Address Setting". ● Press the [ ] button. „ Central remote controller address setting ●...
  • Page 772 2-14. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (Touch panel) 2-14-1. REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING „ CONFIRM THE REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS „ 1) When the [RC Address Setting] on the 2) Enter the Installer Password, and touch the [OK]. “Maintenance” screen is touched, the “R.C.Address Setting”...
  • Page 773 „ WHEN MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING NUMBER IS RESET „ 1) Touch the [Address Reset] on the 2) A verification screen is displayed. When the “R.C.Address Setting” screen. [Yes] is touched, a verification screen is displayed. R.C.Address Setting Current Address [001–05] R.C.Address Setting Manual Addressing The address will be returned to factory...
  • Page 774 2-14-2. REMOTE CONTROLLER MASTER/SLAVE SETTING 1) Touch the [RC Master/Slave Setting] 2) “RC Master/Slave Setting” screen is displayed. on the “Initial Setting” screen. Select the [Master] or [Slave]. Initial Setting R.C. Master / Slave Setting Page 3/ 3 RC Master/ Master Slave Setting Slave...
  • Page 775 2-14-3. INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS VERIFICATION 1) Touch the [I.U. Address Verification] on the 2) Enter the Installer Password and touch the [OK]. “Maintenance” screen. “Installer Password “I.U. Address Verification” screen is displayed. Verification” screen is displayed. Enter the Installer Password and touch the [OK]. “I.U.
  • Page 776 2-15. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RSRY, UTY-RHRY) 2-15-1. REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING „ CONFIRM THE REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS „ 1) Select the “15” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. 2) You can check current allocation of 2-wire Then press the “ ” button. remote controller address (system number and unit number).
  • Page 777 „ WHEN MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING NUMBER IS RESET „ 1) Select the “14” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. 2) To reset the 2-wire remote controller address, Then press the “ ” button. select “1: Reset” with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP.
  • Page 778 2-15-2. REMOTE CONTROLLER MASTER/SLAVE SETTING 1) Select the “06” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. 2) Select the “0: Master” or the “1: Slave” with the Then press the “ ” button. SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. 0:Master 1:Slave 3) Press the “...
  • Page 779 2-15-3. INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS VERIFICATION 1) Select the “10” in Menu 2-F2 Settings. Then press the “ ” button. 2-1) Display the smallest 2-wire remote controller address of indoor unit (system number and unit number) of the remote controller group. This address displayed can be switched by the SET TEMP.
  • Page 780 2-16. NETWORK CONVERTOR 2-16-1. MODEL: UTY-VTGX „ SWITCH POSITION „ ● Set network convertor rotary switch SET1, and Dip switch SET2, SET3. „ „ REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT ADDRESS SETTING (SET 1) „ z Example „ SW setting Refrigerant circuit SET1 (x10) SET1 (x1) address (10 digit)
  • Page 781 2-16-2. MODEL: UTY-VGGXZ1 „ SWITCH POSITION „ ● Set network convertor rotary switch SW110 and SW111. „ SW110 SW111 Network convertor PCB „ REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT ADDRESS SETTING „ For Split system z Example „ SW setting Refrigerant circuit Rotary SW110 Rotary SW111 address (10 digit)
  • Page 782 2-17. SIGNAL AMPLIFIER „ SWITCH POSITION „ „ AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING „ ● Refer to 1-5 „ MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING „ 1) Turn on the power for the signal amplifier. 2) While holding down SW4 (the set button), press and release SW7 (the reset button) to enter the address setting mode.
  • Page 783 5) Press SW4 (the set button) to set the selected address. Ex.) Address No.5 is set. 6) Turn the power off and on or press SW7 (the reset button) to exit the address setting mode and return to the normal mode. If an address setting error occurs (“26 ”...
  • Page 784 ® 2-18. MODBUS CONVERTOR FOR VRF „ MODEL: UTY-VMGX „ „ SWITCH POSITION „ ● Set MODBUS ® convertor rotary switch SET1 and Dip switch SET2, SET4, SET5, SET6, „ SET7. ® „ MODBUS CONVERTOR REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS „ SETTING (SET 1) z Example „...
  • Page 785 „ VRF TERMINAL RESISTER SETTING (SET 2-1) „ When there is no outdoor unit or signal amplifier in the VRF network segment to which the converter is connected, set to “ON.” ON: Terminal resistance enable OFF: Terminal resistance diable (Default) „...
  • Page 786 2-19. NETWORK CONVERTOR FOR L ORKS ® „ SWITCH POSITION „ SW3 SW4 „ ADDRESS SETTING „ When setting address, please be sure that the address of Network Convertor for is not overlap the address of other controller like, Touch Panel Controller, ORKS ®...
  • Page 787 2-20. THERMOSTAT CONVERTOR „ MODEL: UTY-TTRX „ „ SWITCH POSITION „ Perform the initial settings using 3 DIP switches (SET 1 to 3) on the circuit board. „ 2WIRE/3WIRE setting (SET1) „ Remote controller 2WIRE/3WIRE switching SW Factory setting: 2WIRE Set matched with the connection method of the remote controller cable to be connected.
  • Page 788 z SET3-1: Two-stage setting „ Cooling setting temperature (u...Factory setting) Cooling stage 1 setting Cooling stage 2 setting Remarks SET3-2 Temperature °F (°C) Temperature °F (°C) 68 (20) 64 (18) Pattern 1 72 (22) 68 (20) Pattern 2 Heating setting temperature (u...Factory setting) Cooling stage 1 setting Cooling stage 2 setting...
  • Page 789 2-21. DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SETTING „ MODEL: ARUL4TLAV1 „ „ MODELS: ARUL7TLAV, ARUL9TLAV, ARUL12TLAV, ARUL14TLAV, „ ARUL18TLAV „ MODELS: ARUM24TLAV, ARUM30TLAV, ARUM36TLAV „ „ MODELS: ARUH72TLAV1, ARUH96TLAV „ Change the airflow setting when the external static pressure is different than the default static pressure.
  • Page 790 2-22. ADMINISTRATIVE INDOOR UNIT SETTING ● When multiple indoor units with separate wired remote controller are connected to one „ branch port of RB unit (group connection), it is possible to give the cool / heat mode selection authority to one particular wired remote controller (called master wired remote controller).
  • Page 791 2-22-1. SETTING METHOD „ WIRED R.C.(Touch panel) „ z Step1: RB unit function setting (Case of VR-II series) „ Set SET2 of DIP switch to "Priority given to administrative indoor unit" with function setting of RB unit. (SET2-1: OFF, SET2-2:ON) →Refer to 2-9.
  • Page 792 „ WIRED R.C. „ z Step1: RB unit function setting (Case of VR-II series) „ Set SET2 of DIP switch to "Priority given to administrative indoor unit" with function setting of RB unit. (SET2-1:OFF, SET2-2:ON) →Refer to 2-9. RB UNIT z Step1: Outdoor unit function setting (Case of V-II) „...
  • Page 793 „ NOTE „ The smallest remote controller address No. RB unit Remote controller address No. Set to master WRC NOTE: In remote controller group, the cool/heat mode is changed over according to a detected room temperature of an indoor unit with the smallest remote controller address number. - (07 - 146) -...
  • Page 794 2-23. ENERGY SAVING SETTING (SYSTEM CONTROLLER) In this section, an energy saving function which uses electricity meters is explained. System Controller (UTY-APGXZ1, UTY-PEGXZ1) or System Controller Lite (UTY-ALGXZ1, UTY- PLGXE2) is required to perform these functions. „ FEATURES OF ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION „...
  • Page 795 ● Indoor units can be rotated according to the stoppage rate set for each group. „ Group A Group B Group C Group D *The indoor unit operation stoppage rate can be selected from 10% to 30%. Without control With control Time Time z Outdoor unit capacity save function...
  • Page 796 z Peak cut operation function „ Reduces the Input Power by setting a specific target value (maximum average power [kW]) for all the air conditioners and controlling operation so that this value is not exceeded. Limit control is performed in 3 steps of “Step 1: Set temperature shift” → “Step 2: Thermostat OFF”...
  • Page 797 „ GENERAL SETTING PROCESS FOR ENERGY SAVING AND „ ELECTRICITY CHARGE APPORTIONMENT USING ELECTRICITY METER The general setting process for realizing an energy saving function and an electricity charge apportionment function using an electricity meter is shown as an example in the table below. Process Reference item 1 Overview of the energy saving function and electricity...
  • Page 798 „ OPERATION EXAMPLE „ Electric charges usually consist of the following elements. With the energy saving function, operation for each element is as follows. Operation status is checked by Input Power graph display. Electric charge (Input Power) = Basic charge + Usage charge + Demand charge Reduced by indoor unit Reduced by outdoor unit Reduced by peak cut control...
  • Page 799 „ NOTES ON ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION „ Energy saving function precautions and scope of guarantee The effect of the energy saving function depends on the units used, usage environment, installation environment, and so forth. No guarantee is made as to the specific savings from the energy saving functions.
  • Page 800 „ INSTALLATION RESTRICTION OF ENERGY SAVING UNITS „ (1) Only 1 unit may perform energy saving control at a time. When energy saving control is performed by SYSTEM CONTROLLER (UTY-APGXZ1/PEGXZ1), stop energy saving control *1 from the building management system through the following units. ・BACnet ®...
  • Page 801 2-24. ELECTRICITY CHARGE APPORTIONMENT SETTING (SYSTEM CONTROLLER, TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER) In this section, an electricity charge apportionment function which uses electricity meters is explained. System Controller (UTY-APGXZ1, UTY-PEGXZ1) or System Controller Lite (UTY- ALGXZ1, UTY-PLGXA2) or Touch panel controller (UTY-DTGYZ1, UTY-PTGXA) is required to perform these functions.
  • Page 802 „ ELECTRICAL WIRING „ z Electricity meter connection composition „ To perform energy saving peak cut control, electricity meters with pulse transmission function measuring all the power consumed by the air conditioner are necessary. Multiple meter installations are also possible as long as the number of electricity meters is within the specified limit.
  • Page 803 z Selection of Electricity meter, CT, and VT „ Select the electricity meter, CT, and VT by considering the following items. (1) Install electricity meters for each refrigerant system, if circumstances allow. (2) Select VT/CT with a small VT/CT ratio. (3) When using an electricity meter which is specified in pulse units (kWh/pulse), usually select a meter with a 1kWh/pulse output.
  • Page 804 z Installation example of Electricity meter „ ● Example of installation for each refrigerant system „ Electric substation 2nd floor air conditioner Refrigerant system 2 3-phase electric power: equipment (Refrigerant system 2) Single-phase electric power: (Heat Recovery type) MBK: Main Breaker SBK: Sub Breaker Whm: Electricity meter 1st floor air conditioner...
  • Page 805 ● Example of installation for each tenant „ Electric substation equipment 3-phase electric power: Roof air conditioner Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 Single-phase electric power: (All Refrigerant system) MBK: Main Breaker SBK: Sub Breaker Whm: Electricity meter 2nd floor air conditioner (Refrigerant system 2) (Heat Recovery type) Tenant D...
  • Page 806 „ INSTALLATION RESTRICTION OF ELECTRICITY METER „ z Functions that requires installation of electricity meter „ Use an electricity meter having the following functions: ・Electricity charge apportionment function Install for operation using an electricity meter. (Operation without an electricity meter is also possible.) When using an electricity meter, an electricity meter must be installed for all the units which perform apportionment calculation.
  • Page 807 z Installation abstract „ NOTE: The belows are electricity meter connection methods which can be adapted by the System Controller and TPC (Touch panel controller). However, the following mentioned setting restrictions must be observed. (1) Multiple VRF Networks can connect to 1 electricity meter. (with network crossover) NOTE: UTY-ALGXZ1 (+UTY-PLGXE2) does not support multiple VRF Networks.
  • Page 808 TPC1 management range Whm I/F TPC1 Connect the electricity meter that measures the units managed by the appropriate TPC to the electricity meter I/F belonging to the TPC main unit. Whm I/F TPC2 TPC2 management range TPC1 management range TPC1 Whm I/F Whm I/F TPC2...
  • Page 809 (3) Installation crossing over refrigerant systems is possible. (4) Outdoor unit/indoor unit/RB unit mixed in 1 meter is possible. (5) There are no restrictions on outdoor units which connect an electricity meter. An arbitrary electricity meter can be connected to an arbitrary outdoor unit. - (07 - 162) -...
  • Page 810 z Installation restriction „ Install electricity meters in accordance with the following restrictions: (1) Install an electricity meter only to air conditioners which are the target of the function. When electric lights and other OA equipment are connected to the electricity meter, also their Input Powers are calculated.
  • Page 811 (5) The externally linked units* shall be connected to the same electricity meter as the air conditioner to which they are connected. * General-purpose unit which performs calculation as an externally linked unit by electricity charge apportionment function. Indoor unit Indoor unit Externally Externally...
  • Page 812 (9) Installation of electricity meter which crosses the contract is prohibited. When an electricity meter is used by electricity charge apportionment function, install the electricity meter so that it does not cross over the “contract setting” set by electricity charge apportionment.
  • Page 813 (10) When performing apportionment calculation using electricity meter The electricity meter shall be connected to the necessary air conditioners which are the target of calculation by the electricity charge apportionment function. When an electricity meter is not connected, electricity charge apportionment calculation using an electricity meter may not be possible.
  • Page 814 <<Outdoor unit + indoor unit + RB unit electricity charge apportionment>> → Connection of an electricity meter to the outdoor unit, indoor unit and RB unit is necessary. Electricity meter is not connected to some indoor units and RB units Electricity meter is not connected to some RB units (11) Electricity apportionment for DX-Kit...
  • Page 815 ● When electricity meter is connected „ At electricity apportionment, the DX-Kit itself and units [A] and [B] mentioned above can be handled the same as when an electricity meter is not connected. Set the electricity value at ON beforehand for the units [A] and [B] from the “Parameter Setting” screen and install the electricity meter so that the units [A] and [B] are included.
  • Page 816 „ ELECTRICITY METER SYSTEM „ Electricity meter system is the connection configuration of one electricity meter and the air conditioner units which are connected to the power line under it. This is set on the System Controller. Set the System Controller to match the actual electricity meter installation configuration. Since the electricity charge apportionment function/energy saving function perform control using the Input Power data from an electricity meter, it is necessary to set an electricity meter system on the System Controller.
  • Page 817 „ SETTING OF OUTDOOR UNIT AND SYSTEM CONTROLLER OR „ TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER To obtain the appropriate Input Power by System Controller or Touch Panel Controller, the power value measured by an electricity meter must be properly conveyed. To do this, appropriate setting at the electricity meter, outdoor unit, and System Controller or Touch Panel Controller is necessary.
  • Page 818 (2) When electricity meter used is specified by pulse constant The connection configuration is shown below. System Controller Electricity meter pulse transmission Pulse constant line reference point to CN135 to CN135 measurement line (PT) Outdoor unit 3ø Touch panel controller Power cable 1ø...
  • Page 819 8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT DTV_VR2U025E_08--CHAPTER08 2017.12.26...
  • Page 820 CONTENTS 8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT ..........08 - 01 1-1. OUTDOOR UNIT ..................08 - 01 1-1-1. EXTERNAL INPUT ....................08 - 03 1-1-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT ..................08 - 05 1-1-3. OPTIONAL PARTS ....................08 - 06 1-1-4.
  • Page 821 1. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT Note : The length regulations of the cable are as shown in the following figures. L (m) P.C.B [ft. (m)] Type cable Input / Output 492 / 492 Outdoor unit (150 / 150) 492 / 82 connected unit Indoor unit (150 / 25)
  • Page 822 z V-II series (230V) „ Output 2 (CN137: Blue) Input 4 Base heater Output 1 (CN134: Red) (CN115: Black) (CN136: Black) Input 3 (CN133: White) Input 2 (CN132: Green) Input 1 (CN131: Yellow) Input 5 (CN135: Orange) Outdoor unit PCB z J-II series „...
  • Page 823 1-1-1. EXTERNAL INPUT Setting to low noise mode, cooling priority/heating priority selection, outdoor unit operation peak control setting, emergency/batch stop and electricity meter pulse are possible from The electricity meter connections that are can be used by the System Controller are shown below. „...
  • Page 824 z When function setting is "Batch stop" mode „ Connector Input signal Command OFF → ON Batch stop CN134 ON → OFF CN134 Command Batch stop Batch stop Operation Indoor unit (outdoor unit) Stop Remote Controller NOTES : ● All indoor units of same refrigerant system stops when Batch stop operates. ●...
  • Page 825 1-1-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT Connector Output voltage Status CN136 (Black) Normal DC 12-24 V *1 Error CN137 (Blue) Stop DC 12-24 V *1 Operation „ ERROR STATUS (Master unit only) „ This output indicates the outdoor unit and connected indoor unit's "Normal" or "Error" status. „...
  • Page 826 1-1-3. OPTIONAL PARTS Usage Name and shapes Q'ty Models For external input EXTERNAL UTY-XWZXZ6 For external output CONNECT KIT (Error display, Operation display) For external intput EXTERNAL UTY-XWZXZF (Electricity meter CONNECT KIT pulse) For external output EXTERNAL UTY-XWZXZ9 (Base heater) CONNECT KIT - (08 - 06) -...
  • Page 827 1-1-4. OUTDOOR UNIT EXTERNAL INPUT / OUTPUT FUNCTION SUMMARY „ OUTDOOR UNIT EXTERNAL INPUT FUNCTION „ Function Specifications Power Outdoor usage Dry contact / Low noise Cooling/ unit Item Emergency information Signal Apply voltage mode Heating operation Batch stop Terminal stop from type...
  • Page 828 1-2. INDOOR UNIT External input External output Input select Connector External connect kit (Optional parts) Apply voltage CNA01 UTY-XWZXZB Control input Dry contact CNA02 UTY-XWZXZD Apply voltage CNA03 UTY-XWZXZ7 Forced thermostat off Dry contact CNA04 UTY-XWZXZE Operation status Error status CNB01 UTY-XWZXZC Indoor unit status...
  • Page 829 When connected to Apply voltage terminals of multiple indoor units with a connected unit, be sure to make a branch outside the indoor unit using a pull box, etc. as shown on below example. DC power P.C.B supply 12 - 24 V Load resistance CNA01...
  • Page 830 z Dry contact terminal ([CNA02], [CNA04]) „ When a power supply is not required, use the Dry contact terminal ([CNA02], [CNA04]). P.C.B CNA02 Ch 1 Ch 2 CNA04 Ch 3 connected unit *c: Select very low current use contacts (usable at DC 12 V, DC 1 mA or less). *d: The wiring is different from Apply voltage terminals.
  • Page 831 1-2-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT ● A twisted pair cable (22AWG) should be used. Maximum length of cable is 82 ft. (25 m). ● Use an external input and output cable with appropriate external dimension, depending on the number of cables to be installed. ●...
  • Page 832 1-2-3. COMBINATION OF EXTERNAL INPUT AND OUTPUT External input External output CNA01 or CNA03 or Function CNB01 (EXT.OUT) Mode situation CNA02 CNA04 setting Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 EXT. IN1 EXT. IN2 Pins 1-2 Pins 1-3 Pins 1-4 Pins 1-5 Forced Indoor unit...
  • Page 833 1-2-4. INDOOR UNIT EXTERNAL INPUT / OUTPUT FUNCTION SUMMARY „ INDOOR UNIT EXTERNAL INPUT FUNCTION „ Function Specifications External power contact/ Wire Item supply Signal Apply EXT. IN1 EXT. IN2 Terminal size / type Allowable Allowable voltage length voltage current CNA02 Edge (PIN1-3)
  • Page 834 1-2-6. DETAILS OF FUNCTION  CONTROL INPUT FUNCTION -1: Operation/Stop mode  ●In the case of "Edge" input Function Dip-SW External input Input signal Command setting OFF → ON Operation SET2-2: OFF CNA01 or CNA02 46-00 (Factory setting) (EXT.IN1) ON → OFF Stop CNA01 or CNA02...
  • Page 835  -2: Emergency stop mode ●In the case of "Edge" input Function Dip-SW External input Input signal Command setting OFF → ON Emergency stop SET2-2: OFF CNA01 or CNA02 46-01 (Factory setting) (EXT.IN1) ON → OFF Normal CNA01 or CNA02 Emergency stop Command Normal...
  • Page 836  -3: Forced stop" mode ●In the case of "Edge" input Function Dip-SW External input Input signal Command setting OFF → ON Forced stop SET2-2: OFF CNA01 or CNA02 46-02 (Factory setting) (EXT.IN1) ON → OFF Normal CNA01 or CNA02 Forced stop Command Normal...
  • Page 837 ●Considerations when setting forced stop CAUTION When forced stop function is used with forming a remote controller group, connect the same equipment to each indoor unit within the group. Example 1 : OK Remote controller group DC power supply 12 - 24 V P.C.B Load resistance...
  • Page 838  FORCED THERMOSTAT OFF FUNCTION Function setting Mode External input Input signal * Command OFF → ON EEV OFF CNA03 or CNA04 60-00, 02, 05, 06, 08 0, 2, 5, 6, 8 (EXT.IN2) ON → OFF Normal operation *Edge input only Example of cooling mode CNA03 or CNA04...
  • Page 839 ●System figure example External controller Relay External input wire Outdoor thermistor Indoor unit Indoor thermistor Indoor Outdoor Temperature Temperature Damper motor 88˚F 82˚F (31˚C) (28˚C) Except Indoor unit and External wire (service parts) all other items are Office Fri 10:00AM Mode Set Temp.
  • Page 840 ●Example of Electrical circuit Indoor unit circuit board Dry contact external input wire Indoor unit External Service parts controller Relay CNA04 CNB01 Max. 492ft. (150m) Specification of external input Requirement for relay switch Item Spec Item Spec Terminal CNA04 Min. permissible 1 mA or less load Output voltage...
  • Page 841 z Example 2 „ - Individual connection - Function setting for Fan setting when cooling thermostat OFF Number 49-01 (Stop) Forced thermostat off is one of the function to save energy. For example, case of using ventilator at condition with outdoor temperature is lower than Indoor temperature, Indoor unit of air conditioner stop based upon receiving signal from external controller.
  • Page 842 ●Operation status Outdoor temp. < Indoor temp. : ON Signal detected by external controller Outdoor temp. > Indoor temp. : OFF Forced thermostat off Command from external controller Normal Indoor unit Normal means that Indoor unit continues to operate until [Forced thermostat off] signal received, at condition which are set by central and individual controller or detected by thermo sensors of indoor unit.
  • Page 843  OPERATION STATUS (External output1) External Function setting Mode Output signal Command output 1 0 V → 12 V Operation CNB01 60-00, 06 0, 6 (PIN 1-2) 12 V → 0 V Stop Operation The output for CNB01 (1-2) is ON when the indoor Indoor unit Stop unit is operating.
  • Page 844 „ F RESH AIR CONDITIONER (FOR EXTERNAL CONTROL MODULE*) INPUT FUNCTION (mode 1 or 7) * Module that reduces or stops the cooling operating ratio of the air conditioner by intaking fresh air. Example: Direct Digital Controller Function setting Mode External input External output Input signal *...
  • Page 845 z Example (Individual connection) „ Direct digital Output: Cooling thermostat ON  Output : OFF (Cooling thermostat OFF) controller Thermistor Ventilator Input : VRF cooling control Thermistor Input : ON Indoor Outdoor (VRF cooling OFF) Temperature Temperature 83˚F 89˚F (27.5˚C) (31˚C) Office Fri 10:00AM...
  • Page 846 ●Example of Electrical circuit Indoor unit circuit board Dry contact external input wire External Indoor unit Service parts controller Relay CNA04 CNB01 Max. 492 ft. (150 m) Specification of external input Requirement for relay switch Item Spec Item Spec Terminal CNA04 Min.
  • Page 847  ECONOMIZER INPUT FUNCTION Cooling economizer: Consists of ducts, dampers, and automatic controlling system. In cold or warm climate, the economizer reduces or stops the VRF compressor, providing cooling using outside air. ●Example of economizer Economizer logic module Fresh air damper Return air damper Room space Exhaust damper...
  • Page 848  -1: Economizer 1 (Cooling 1 output + occupied) In / Out Mode 2 or 8 (60-02 or 08) Function setting Mode External output Remote controller CNB01 CNB01 (PIN 1-2) (PIN 1-4) UTY-RNRU 60-02, 08 2, 8 [Cooling [Remote Occupied/Unoccupied thermostat controller status...
  • Page 849 ●Wiring diagram example Economizer Logic Indoor unit Modules * Relay CNB01 （Coil side：DC 12 V） AC power supply 24 V *Only the terminals connected to the indoor unit are mentioned here for description. ● As for the connected sensors or other connections to Economizer logic module, refer to the manual for the module.
  • Page 850  -2: Economizer 2, 3 (Cooling 2 stage output + occupied) In / Out Mode 3 or 4 (60-03 or 04) Function Mode External input External output Remote controller setting CNB01 CNB01 CNB01 (PIN 1-2) (PIN 1-3) (PIN 1-4) 60-03 CNA03 or [Cooling [Cooling high /...
  • Page 851 ●Operation status Economizer input by external controller [VRF cooling ON] (EXT.IN2) Cooling thermostat ON (EXT.OUT) Indoor Cooling high / low unit (EXT.OUT) Indoor Set temp. + 0.9°F (+ 0.5°C) temp. Set temp. - 0.9°F (- 0.5°C) Operation start Room temperature is stable - (08 - 31) -...
  • Page 852 Economizer 2: Mode 3, Function 60-03) ●Wiring diagram example ( Economizer Logic Indoor unit Modules * Relay CNB01 （Coil side : DC 12 V） AC power supply 24 V Relay CNA04 （Coil side : AC 24 V） *Only the terminals connected to the indoor unit are mentioned here for description. ●...
  • Page 853  EXTERNAL HEATER OUTPUT (External output4) Function Setting Indoor unit Wired R. C. Outdoor unit Sensor activation Presence of Primary Auxiliary Installation Recommended Control IU fan setting Control heater selection (UTY-RNRU, heater heater configration connection switching for external control using UTY-RNRUZ*, external heaters heater...
  • Page 854 ● Inappropriate designing and installation of external heater Supply air Return air may cause a fire by emitted heat from the external heater. ● Fujitsu-general is not responsible for inappropriate designing or installation of external heating device. - (08 - 34) -...
  • Page 855 „ AUXILIARY HEATER CONTROL 1 „ Operation Condition Heater ON ▪ Heater ON as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Other than Heating mode Heater OFF ▪ Error occurred ▪...
  • Page 856 „ HEAT PUMP PROHIBITION CONTROL „ Perform heating by external heater only. VRF indoor unit is Continuous thermostat OFF. Operation Condition Heater ON ▪ Heater ON as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature DIP-SW2-3 ON ▪...
  • Page 857 ●Operation status Heating operation 0.9°F (0.5°C) Room temperature Set temp. -0.9°F (-0.5°C) EEV ON/OFF 12 V Heater 3min or more 1min 1min DIP-SW2-3 ON DIP-SW2-3 OFF NOTE : ● In following operations, EEV will be ON. - Other than Heating - Test Run.
  • Page 858 „ HEATER SELECTION CONTROL BY OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE 1 „ Selects Heat pump or External heater according to the outdoor temperature. When outdoor temperature is high, the heating is performed by using heat pump only. Operation Condition Heater ON ▪ Heater ON as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪...
  • Page 859 Operation status „ 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Heat pump Heat pump prohibition Combination zone only zone Outdoor temperature zone * zone EEV ON/OFF 12 V Heater DIP-SW2-3 ON DIP-SW2-3 OFF * The Outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum 30 min.
  • Page 860 „ HEATER SELECTION CONTROL BY OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE 2 „ Selects Heat pump or External heater according to the outdoor temperature. Even when outdoor temperature is high, the heating is performed by using both of heat pump and external heater. Operation Condition Heater ON ▪...
  • Page 861 ●Operation status 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Heat pump prohibition Combination zone Outdoor temperature zone * zone EEV ON/OFF 12 V Heater DIP-SW2-3 ON DIP-SW2-3 OFF * The Outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum 30 min.
  • Page 862  HEATING THERMOSTAT ON FOR HUMIDIFIER Indoor unit Function Setting External output Situation Installation Heating Cool Air Indoor unit (Example) configration Heating thermostat ON Prevention fan operation thermostat ON No.60 No.43 status CNB01 60-05 Output 1 (PIN 1-2) CNB01 60-06 Output 4 (PIN 1-5) 43-00...
  • Page 863 2 (In-line connection) ●Example Indoor unit fan operation status use External output: Heating thermostat ON External output 3: Indoor unit fan operation status Humidifier 3 (In-line connection) ●Example Disable cool air prevention function. The indoor unit fan is operated at the set speed continuously. External output: Heating thermostat ON Humidifier The Heating thermostat output for CNB01 (1-2 or 1-3 or 1-4 or 1-5) will be ON when EEV ON or external heater...
  • Page 864 1-3. RB UNIT External input External output Input select Connector External connect kit (Optional parts) Dry contact CNA01 UTY-XWZXZ6 Cooling priority/ Heating priority Apply voltage CNA02 UTY-XWZXZB 1-3-1. EXTERNAL INPUT ● RB unit can be cooling priority/heating priority selection by using RB unit PCB CNA01 or CNA02. ●...
  • Page 865 When connected to Dry contact terminals of multiple RB units with a connected unit, insulate each RB unit with relay, etc. as shown on below example. P.C.B P.C.B P.C.B Input device K1 - K3 : Relay (Device for DC Current) NOTE : ●...
  • Page 866 z Apply voltage terminal ([CNA02]) „ When a power supply must be provided at the input device you want to connect, use the Apply voltage terminal ([CNA02]) DC power supply 12 - 24 V P.C.B Load resistance CNA02 connected unit *1: Make the power supply DC 12 to 24 V.
  • Page 867 „ COOLING/HEATING PRIORITY FUNCTION „ ●"Edge" input only Connector Input signal Command OFF → ON Heating priority CNA01 or CNA02 ON → OFF Cooling priority CNA01 or CNA02 Heating Priority mode Cooling 1-3-2. OPTIONAL PARTS Usage Name and shapes Q'ty Models EXTERNAL For control input port...
  • Page 868 1-4. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER External input External output Connector External connect kit (Optional parts) Control input TM201 (CN411 or CN412) Electricity meter Operation status CN410 UTY-XWZXZA Error status 1-4-1. EXTERNAL INPUT ● This function performs “Emergency stop” or “All On / All Off” by using the signal to be input externally at external input terminals.
  • Page 869 Connection example 2: When the electricity meter is connected TM201 Connect the electricity meter to CH1. In this case, the use of CH2 is prohibited. z Apply voltage terminal TM201 (CN412) „ When a power supply must be provided at the input device you want to connect, use the Apply voltage terminal TM201 (CN412).
  • Page 870 „ SELECTING THE FUNCTION „ The function of the external input terminals is disabled at the factory. Select the function to be used (following table) by installer setting of application. * Turn on the power and select by installer setting after starting the application. Emergency stop Edge / Pulse All on / All off...
  • Page 871 „ CONTROL INPUT FUNCTION „ ●In the case of "Edge" input Terminal Input signal Command OFF → ON All on / Emergency stop TM201 ON → OFF All off / Normal 300ms or more All on / Emergency stop Indoor unit All off / Normal ●In the case of "Pulse"...
  • Page 872 1-4-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT Connector Output voltage Status All of indoor units "Stop" Pins1-2 DC 12 V *17 At least one more indoor units "Operation" CN410 (Black) Normal Pins3-4 DC 12 V *17 Error *17: Provide a DC 12 V power supply. Select P.C.B a power supply capacity with an ample DC power supply...
  • Page 873 1-5. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER External input External output Input select Connector External connect kit (Optional parts) Dry contact CN6 (and CN7) UTY-XWZXZ7 Control input Apply voltage CN11 (and CN12) UTY-XWZXZ8 Operation status UTY-XWZXZA Error status 1-5-1. EXTERNAL INPUT ● This function performs “Emergency stop” or “All On / All Off” by using the signal to be input externally at external input terminals.
  • Page 874 z Apply voltage contact „ When a power supply must be provided at the input device, connect to CN11 and CN12. DC power supply 24 V Connected unit CN11 CN12 (White) (Green) *2 : Make the power supply 24 V. Select a power supply capacity with an ample surplus for the connected load.
  • Page 875 „ CONTROL INPUT FUNCTION „ ●In the case of "Edge" input Connector Input signal Command OFF → ON All on / Emergency stop CN6 or CN11 ON → OFF All off / Normal CN6 or CN11 All on / Emergency stop Indoor unit All off / Normal ●In the case of "Pulse"...
  • Page 876 1-5-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT Connector Output voltage Status All of indoor units "Stop" Pins3-4 DC 12 V *5 At least one more indoor units "Operation" (Black) Normal Pins1-2 DC 12 V *5 Error *5: Provide a DC12 V power supply. Select a power supply capacity with an ample DC power surplus for the connected load.
  • Page 877 1-5-4. CONTROLLER EXTERNAL INPUT / OUTPUT FUNCTION SUMMARY „ CONTROLLER EXTERNAL INPUT FUNCTION „ Function Specifications Central External power supply contact / Wire controller Emergency Batch on / Signal Apply Terminal size / (Input function) Allowable Allowable stop Batch off type voltage length...
  • Page 878 9. NOTES DTV_VR2U025E_10--CHAPTER09 2017.12.26...
  • Page 879 CONTENTS 9. NOTES REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION PRECAUTIONS ..... 09-01 1-1. INTRODUCTION .................... 09-01 1-2. CHECKING CONCENTRATION LIMIT ............09-02 1-3. REFRIGERATION CONCENTRATION COUNTERMEASURES ....09-03 INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS ..........09-04 2-1. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS .......... 09-04 2-2. OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS ........09-07 COMPATIBILITY OF VRF SYSTEM ..........

  • Page 880: Refrigerant Concentration Precautions

    1. REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION PRECAUTIONS The system designer and installer are to ensure that the system adheres to all local regulations regarding refrigerant leakage. 1-1. INTRODUCTION Designing VRF systems requires special attention to codes and standards relating to Refrigeration Concentration Limit (RCL). The RCL is intended to “reduce the risks of acute toxicity, asphyxiation and flammability hazards in normally occupied, enclosed spaces”.

  • Page 881: Checking Concentration Limit

    1-2. CHECKING CONCENTRATION LIMIT Check concentration limit following steps  , and take appropriate measures depending on the situation.  Calculate amount of refrigerant [lbs. (kg)] per refrigerant system. Amount of refrigerant per Total amount of refrigerant in Amount of additional refrigerant system system (lbs, kg) refrigerant...

  • Page 882: Refrigeration Concentration Countermeasures

    1-3. REFRIGERATION CONCENTRATION COUNTERMEASURES When the concentration limit is exceeded, the designer will need to change the original design or use one of the countermeasures below to reduce potential exposure to refrigerant. Always consult local codes to ensure proper design. ●...
  • Page 883 2. INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS 2-1. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS Note: The information listed below are general precautions. Some models also include items that do not apply. „ PLACES WHERE USE PROHIBITED ● Places where there is the danger of combustible gas leakage. ●...
  • Page 884 [Installation precautions] Contents Countermeasures (Reference) When inside When the indoor unit is installed where the 1) Add heat insulating material the ceiling inside of the ceiling is 86°F (30°C) RH80% to the outside of the indoor is high or greater, the dew point temperature of the unit cabinet.
  • Page 885 [Installation precautions] Contents Countermeasures (Reference) When In are is returned through the attic, the 1) Replace the indoor unit installing duct thermistor in the indoor unit may not correctly thermistor with a Remote type in an attic detect the room temperature. sensor unit (optional parts) and install the Heating operation: Room is not heated...

  • Page 886: Outdoor Unit Installation Precautions

    2-2. OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS Note: The information listed below are general precautions. Some models also include items that do not apply. „ PLACES WHERE USE PROHIBITED ● Places where there is the danger of combustible gas leakage ● Places where sulfur gas, chlorine gas, acid, alkali, or other matter which effects equipment is generated ●...

  • Page 887: Compatibility Of Vrf System

    3. COMPATIBILITY OF VRF SYSTEM „ COMPATIBILITY OF OUTDOOR UNIT AND INDOOR UNIT z OUTDOOR UNIT AND INDOOR UNIT Compatibility of outdoor unit and indoor unit in refrigerant system as follows. Indoor unit Previous New model *1 model *2 VR- Ⅱ series Heat ...
  • Page 888 „ COMPATIBILITY OF CONTROLLER SYSTEM V- Ⅱ series Model VR- Ⅱ series J- Ⅱ series UTY-APGXZ1 System Controller UTY-APGX System Controller UTY-ALGXZ1 Lite UTY-ALGX Touch Panel UTY-DTGYZ1 Controller UTY-DTGY Central Remote UTY-DCGY Controller Wired Remote UTY-RNRUZ Office Fri 10:00AM z Mode Set Temp.
  • Page 889 V- Ⅱ series Model VR- Ⅱ series J- Ⅱ series External Switch UTY-TERK Controller UTY-TEKX IR Receiver unit (for UTB-YWC all Duct type) IR Receiver unit (for UTY-LRHYB1 Cassette type) IR Receiver unit UTY-LBHXD [for Cassette (circular flow type)] Human Sensor Kit UTY-SHZXC [for Cassette (circular flow type)]...

  • Page 890: About Connection Between Series

    4. ABOUT CONNECTION BETWEEN SERIES 4-1. PIPING CONNECTION Note: · Piping connection of VR-II V-II and J-II in the same refrigerant system is prohibited. · Mixed connection of 230V model and 460V model is prohibited. „ EXAMPLE1 (OK) Refrigerant system 1 VR-II Outdoor unit Separation...

  • Page 891: Wiring Connection

    4-2. WIRING CONNECTION Note: · Wiring connection of VR-II V-II and J-II in the same refrigerant system is prohibited. · Mixed connection of 230V model and 460V model is possible. „ EXAMPLE1 (OK) When wiring to each refrigerant system VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II Outdoor unit...
  • Page 892 „ EXAMPLE2 (OK) When stepping over, and wiring to the refrigerant system VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II Outdoor unit Transmission line RB unit Master Slave Slave Refrigerant system 2 J-II Outdoor unit Transmission line Transmission line Refrigerant system 3 V-II Outdoor unit Transmission line...
  • Page 893 „ EXAMPLE3 (Prohibited) Note: Slave unit of VR-II V-II and J-II cannot be connected VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II Outdoor unit Transmission line RB unit Master Slave Slave Refrigerant system 2 Transmission line V-II Outdoor unit Transmission line Master Slave Refrigerant system 3...
  • Page 894 10. OPTIONAL PARTS DTV_VR2U025E_12--CHAPTER10 2018.03.16...
  • Page 895 CONTENTS 10. OPTIONAL PARTS SEPARATION TUBE ..............10 - 01 1-1. SEPARATION TUBE FOR 2 PIPES ............ 10 - 04 1-2. SEPARATION TUBE FOR 3 PIPES ............ 10 - 10 OUTDOOR UNIT BRANCH KIT ..........10 - 16 HEADER ................... 10 - 20 3-1.
  • Page 896 1. SEPARATION TUBE „ CONNECTION CAPACITY „ Separation tube Total cooling capacity of indoor units (x) (kBtu/h) For 2 pipes For 3 pipes UTR-BP090X or x < 96.5 UTP-BX090A UTP-AX090A UTR-BP180X or 96.5 ≤ x < 193 UTP-BX180A UTP-AX180A UTR-BP567X or 193 ≤...
  • Page 897 z For 2 pipes „ Unit: KBtu/h UTP-AX090A UTP-AX180A Liquid pipe Liquid pipe 89 ≤ x < 185.5 7.5 ≤ x < 89 96.5 ≤ x < 193 15 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 48 Gas pipe Gas pipe 89 ≤...
  • Page 898 z For 3 pipes „ Unit: KBtu/h UTP-BX090A UTP-BX180A Liquid pipe Liquid pipe 89 ≤ x < 185.5 7.5 ≤ x < 89 96.5 ≤ x < 193 15 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 48 Discharge gas pipe Discharge gas pipe 89 ≤...
  • Page 899 1-1. SEPARATION TUBE FOR 2 PIPES „ UTR-BP090X „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/4 (6.35) ø1/4 (6.35) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/4 (19.05) ø7/8 (22.22)
  • Page 900 „ UTR-BP180X „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty ø7/8 (22.22) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø1/4 (6.35) ø1/4 (6.35) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø5/8 (15.88) ø7/8 (22.22) ø7/8 (22.22) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/4 (19.05)
  • Page 901 „ UTR-BP567X „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø1-5/8 (41.27) ø5/8 (15.88) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1-5/8 (41.27) ø3/4 (19.05) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø3/8 (9.52)
  • Page 902 „ UTP-AX090A „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø3/8 (9.52)
  • Page 903 „ UTP-AX180A „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø3/8 (9.52)
  • Page 904 „ UTP-AX567A „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1-5/8 (41.27) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1-5/8 (41.27) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø5/8 (15.88)
  • Page 905 1-2. SEPARATION TUBE FOR 3 PIPES „ UTP-BX090A „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70)
  • Page 906 z Dimensions „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe 11-5/16 (288) 14-1/4 (362) 14-3/4 (375) 13-1/16 (331) 3-3/4 (95) 9/16 (15) REDUCER Suction gas pipe 16-13/16 (427) 15-9/16 (396) 13/16 (20) 13/16 (20) 3-15/16 (100) 3-1/8 (80) EXPANDER EXPANDER - (10 - 11) -...
  • Page 907 „ UTP-BX180A „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø7/8 (22.22)
  • Page 908 z Dimensions „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe 16-13/16 (427) 14-1/4 (362) 15-9/16 (396) 13-1/16 (331) Suction gas pipe 10-5/16 (262) 13-3/4 (349) 3- 3/ 4 ( 95) 5-1/8 (130) 9/16 (15) 9/16 (15) REDUCER REDUCER - (10 - 13) -...
  • Page 909 „ UTP-BX567A „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø3/4 (19.05) EXPANDER Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø5/8 (15.88)
  • Page 910 z Dimensions „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe 10-5/16 (262) 11-5/16 (288) 13/16 (20) 13/16 (20) 3-15/16 (100) 14-3/4 (375) 3-15/16 (100) 13-3/4 (349) EXPANDER EXPANDER Suction gas pipe 19 (482) 22-3/16 (564) 3-13/16 (97) 3-15/16 (100) 1-9/16 (40) 9/16 (15) 3/8 (10)
  • Page 911 2. OUTDOOR UNIT BRANCH KIT „ UTP-DX567A „ NOTE: Only for VR-II series. z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø7/8 (22.22) ø3/4 (19.05) ø7/8 (22.22) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø1-1/8 (28.58)
  • Page 912 z Dimensions „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe 12-15/16 (329) 18-1/4 (464) 4-3/4 (120) 3-15/16 (100) 3-9/16 (90) 9-5/16 (237) 13/16 (20) 13/16 (20) 12-13/16 (325) 13/16 (20) 2-15/16 (75) 13/16 (20) L-joint pipe L-joint pipe Suction gas pipe 14-1/2 (369) 19-3/16 (488) 5-7/8 (150)
  • Page 913 „ UTP-CX567A „ NOTE: Only for V-II series. z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø7/8 (22.22) ø1/2 (12.70) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1-5/8 (41.27) ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø7/8 (22.22)
  • Page 914 „ UTR-CP567X „ NOTE: Only for V-II series. z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty ø7/8 (22.22) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø1-5/8 (41.27) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1-1/8 (28.58)
  • Page 915 3. HEADER „ CONNECTING CAPACITY „ For 2 pipes For 3 pipes Total cooling capacity of indoor units (x) 3 - 6 Branches 3 - 8 Branches 3 - 6 Branches 3 - 8 Branches (kBtu/h) x < 96.5 UTR-H0906L UTR-H0908L UTP-J0906A UTP-J0908A...
  • Page 916 3-1. HEADER FOR 2 PIPES „ MODEL: UTR-H0906L „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) Liquid ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) pipe ø1/4 (6.35) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø1/2 (12.70) pipe ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52)
  • Page 917 „ MODEL: UTR-H0908L „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) Liquid ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) pipe ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) pipe ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø7/8 (22.22)
  • Page 918 „ MODEL: UTR-H1806L „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) Liquid ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/4 (6.35) pipe ø1/4 (6.35) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø7/8 (22.22) pipe ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52)
  • Page 919 „ MODEL: UTR-H1808L „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) Liquid ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) pipe ø1/4 (6.35) ø1/4 (6.35) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) ø7/8 (22.22) ø3/8 (9.52) pipe...
  • Page 920 3-2. HEADER FOR 3 PIPES „ MODEL: UTP-J0906A „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) Liquid ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) pipe ø1/2 (12.70) Dis- ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) charge ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø5/8 (15.88) gas pipe...
  • Page 921 z Dimensions „ Unit: in. (mm) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 1-9/16 (40) 2-13/16 (72) Liquid P2-3/8 (60) x 5 = 11-13/16 (300) 4-5/8 (117) pipe 19-9/16 (497) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 2-3/4 (70) Dis- 4-11/16 (112) charge gas pipe P2-3/8 (60) x 5 = 11-13/16 (300) 7-3/16 (182) 21-5/16 (542) 3/8 (10)
  • Page 922 „ MODEL: UTP-J0908A „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) Liquid ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) pipe ø1/2 (12.70) Dis- ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) charge ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) gas pipe ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05)
  • Page 923 z Dimensions „ Unit: in. (mm) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 1-9/16 (40) 2-13/16 (72) Liquid P2-3/8 (60) x 7 = 16-9/16 (420) 4-5/8 (117) pipe 24-5/16 (617) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 2-3/4 (70) Dis- 4-11/16 (112) charge gas pipe P2-3/8 (60) x 7 = 16-9/16 (420) 7-3/16 (182) 26-1/16 (662) 3/8 (10)
  • Page 924 „ MODEL: UTP-J1806A „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) Liquid ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø5/8 (15.88) pipe ø1/4 (6.35) ø1/4 (6.35) Dis- ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) charge ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70)
  • Page 925 z Dimensions „ Unit: in. (mm) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 1-5/8 (42) Liquid 3-7/16 (87) P2-3/8 (60) x 5 = 11-13/16 (300) pipe 19-9/16 (467) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 3-1/8 (80) Dis- 5 (127) 3-1/8 (80) charge 13/16 (20) 2-3/8 2-3/8 3-1/8 3-1/8...
  • Page 926 „ MODEL: UTP-J1808A „ z Port diameters „ Unit: in. (mm) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) Liquid ø1/4 (6.35) ø1/4 (6.35) ø5/8 (15.88) pipe Dis- ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) charge ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70)
  • Page 927 z Dimensions „ Unit: in. (mm) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 1-5/8 (42) Liquid pipe 3-7/16 (87) P2-3/8 (60) x 7 = 16-9/16 (420) 23-1/8 (587) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 3-1/8 (80) Dis- 5 (127) charge 3-1/8 (80) 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 3-1/8 3-1/8 3-1/8...
  • Page 928 4. RB UNIT 4-1. SPECIFICATIONS Model name UTP-RU01AH UTP-RU01BH UTP-RU01CH UTP-RU04BH Power source 1 Phase 208 / 230V ~ 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253V Number of branches Maximum number of connectable indoor units per branch Maximum capacity of connectable indoor Q ≤...
  • Page 929 4-2. DIMENSIONS „ MODELS: UTP-RU01AH, UTP-RU01BH, UTP-RU01CH „ Unit: in. (mm) 7-13/16 (198) 13-1/8 (333) 1-3/16 (30) 6-1/8 (155) 11/16 (18) 8-1/8 (206) 6-3/8 (162) 11-3/4 (298) 5-13/16 (147) Indoor unit side Outdoor unit side Ceiling hanging 13-1/8 (333) 11/16 (18) 7-13/16 (198) 1/4 (7) Wall hanging...
  • Page 930 „ MODEL: UTP-RU04BH „ Unit: in. (mm) 6-7/8 (174) 2-1/8 (54) 5-7/8 (150) 5-7/8 (150) 6-7/8 (174) 3-1/8 (80) 5-7/8 (150) 5-7/8 (150) 8-5/16 (211) 2-7/16 (62) 1-9/16 (40) 1-9/16 (40) 11/16 (18) 2-3/16 (56) 27-1/4 (692) 2-3/16 (56) 5-13/16 (147) 5-13/16 (147) 10-1/4 (260) 5-13/16 (148)
  • Page 931 4-3. INSTALLATION ● Control box which is a part of RB units can be also changed the position depending on installation condition at each side of RB units ● Be sure to prepare Service access in control box side. ● Since the sound of refrigerant flow may be felt as an unusual sound, do not install in the underpart of the roof, such as a bedroom which sound worries.
  • Page 932 „ MODEL: UTP-RU04BH „ z Ceiling installation „ Unit: in. (mm) 1 (20) or more 20 (500) or more 20 (500) or more 1 (20) or more (11 (280) or more *1) (11 (280) or more *1) *1: When piping is not connected Service access 28 (700) or more - (10 - 37) -...
  • Page 933 4-4. REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT „ MODEL: UTP-RU01AH „ GAS LINE (Discharge gas) (D1) (B2) to Indoor unit GAS LINE (B1) (S1) (Suction gas) „ MODEL: UTP-RU01BH „ GAS LINE (Discharge gas) (D1) (B2) to Indoor unit GAS LINE (B1) (S1) (Suction gas) (S2) „...
  • Page 934 „ MODEL: UTP-RU04BH „ GAS LINE (Suction gas) LIQUID LINE GAS LINE (Discharge gas) to Indoor unit (D1) (B2) to Indoor unit (B1) (S1) (S2) to Indoor unit (D1) (B2) to Indoor unit (B1) (S1) (S2) to Indoor unit (D1) (B2) to Indoor unit (B1)
  • Page 935 4-5. WIRING DIAGRAMS „ MODEL: UTP-RU01AH „ „ MODEL: UTP-RU01BH „ - (10 - 40) -...
  • Page 936 „ MODEL: UTP-RU01CH „ - (10 - 41) -...
  • Page 937 „ MODEL: UTP-RU04BH „ - (10 - 42) -...
  • Page 938 4-6. ELECTRIC CHARACTERISTICS Frequency Model Voltage (V) MCA (A) MFA (A) (Hz) UTP-RU01AH 0.25 UTP-RU01BH 0.25 UTP-RU01CH 0.38 UTP-RU04BH 1.00 MCA: Min Circuit Amps = Max Operating Current (Full Load). MFA: Main Fuse (Circuit breaker) Amps. - (10 - 43) -...
  • Page 939 4-7. SAFETY DEVICES Model PCB fuse UTP-RU01AH 250V, 3.15A × 1 UTP-RU01BH 250V, 3.15A × 1 UTP-RU01CH 250V, 3.15A × 1 UTP-RU04BH 250V, 3.15A × 4 - (10 - 44) -...
  • Page 940 5. CONTROLLER „ SYSTEM CONTROLLER „ SYSTEM CONTROLLER ( Software ) „ „ LITE ( Software ) ● UTY-APGXZ1 (Option: UTY-PEGXZ1, ● UTY-ALGXZ1 (Option: UTY-PLGXA2, UTY- UTY-PPGXP2) PLGXR2, UTY-PLGXE2, UTY-PLGXP2, UTY- PLGXX2) - Software protection key with software - Software protection key with software ●...
  • Page 941 6. ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR / MAINTENANCE TOOL „ NETWORK CONVERTOR „ NETWORK CONVERTOR „ „ ● UTY-VTGX ● UTY-VGGXZ1 ● Split system convertor ● (Split system convertor) ● (Group remote convertor) ® „ NETWORK CONVERTOR for „ MODBUS CONVERTOR for „...
  • Page 942 ® „ BACnet GATEWAY ® „ BACnet GATEWAY „ „ (Hardware) (Software) ● UTY-VBGX ● UTY-ABGXZ1 - Software protection key with software ● UTY-ABGX - DVD-ROM ® VRF network system to the BMS system using BACnet protocol. - Software protection key „...
  • Page 943 7. CASSETTE GRILLE ● UTG-CCGV ● UTG-CCGVG ● For Compact Cassette type ● For Compact Cassette type IR receiver attached IR receiver attached   For grid ceiling  ● UTG-LCGV ● UTG-LCGVCW, UTG-LCGVCB ● For Cassette type ● For Circular Flow Cassette type - (10 - 48) -...
  • Page 944 8. OTHERS 8-1. PARTS LIST 8-1-1. INDOOR UNIT Air outlet shutter plate Panel spacer Wide panel Insulation kit for high humidity UTR-YDZK UTG-BKXA-W UTG-AKXA-W UTZ-KXRA UTZ-KXRA Type Model name UTR-YDZB UTZ-KXGC UTR-YDZC UTG-BGYA-W UTG-AGYA-W UTZ-KXGA UTZ-KXGB Compact cassette AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV...
  • Page 945 Fresh air intake kit IR receiver unit Human sensor kit UTZ-VXRA Type Model name UTZ-VXAA UTY-LRHYB1 UTB-YWC UTY-LBHXD UTY-SHZXC UTZ-VXGA Compact cassette AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV AUUA18TLAV AUUA24TLAV Cassette AUUB18TLAV AUUB24TLAV AUUB30TLAV AUUB36TLAV Circular flow cassette AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 AUUB30TLAV1 AUUB36TLAV1 AUUB48TLAV1 Mini duct...
  • Page 946 Auto louver grille kit Air filter Type Model name UTD-GXSA-W UTD-GXSB-W UTD-GXTA-W UTD-GXTB-W UTD-LF25NA UTD-LF60KA Compact cassette AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV AUUA18TLAV AUUA24TLAV Cassette AUUB18TLAV AUUB24TLAV AUUB30TLAV AUUB36TLAV Circular flow cassette AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 AUUB30TLAV1 AUUB36TLAV1 AUUB48TLAV1 Mini duct ARUL4TLAV1 Slim duct / ARUL7TLAV Slim concealed floor...
  • Page 947 Remote Flange Drain pump unit sensor unit Type Model name UTD-SF045T UTD-RF204 UTZ-PU1NBA UTZ-PU1EBA UTR-DPB24T UTY-XSZX Compact cassette AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV AUUA18TLAV AUUA24TLAV Cassette AUUB18TLAV AUUB24TLAV AUUB30TLAV AUUB36TLAV Circular flow cassette AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 AUUB30TLAV1 AUUB36TLAV1 AUUB48TLAV1 Mini duct ARUL4TLAV1 Slim duct / ARUL7TLAV...
  • Page 948 Half concealed External connect kit Type Model name UTR-STA UTY-XWZXZ7 UTY-XWZXZB UTY-XWZXZC UTY-XWZXZD UTY-XWZXZE Compact cassette AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV AUUA18TLAV AUUA24TLAV Cassette AUUB18TLAV AUUB24TLAV AUUB30TLAV AUUB36TLAV Circular flow cassette AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 AUUB30TLAV1 AUUB36TLAV1 AUUB48TLAV1 Mini duct ARUL4TLAV1 Slim duct / ARUL7TLAV Slim concealed floor ARUL9TLAV...
  • Page 949 8-1-2. OUTDOOR UNIT Pressure sensor kit Type Model name UTY-SPWX Outdoor AOUA72RLBV1 V-II Unit AOUA96RLBV1 (230 V) AOUA120RLBV1 AOUA72TLBV VR-II AOUA96TLBV (230 V) AOUA120TLBV AOUA72RLCV V-II AOUA96RLCV (460 V) AOUA120RLCV AOUA72TLCV VR-II AOUA96TLCV (460 V) AOUA120TLCV AOU36RLAVS J-IIS AOU48RLAVS AOU36RLAVM J-II AOU48RLAVM AOU60RLAVM...
  • Page 950 8-1-3. OTHERS External connect kit UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- UTY- Type Model name XWZXZ6 XWZXZ7 XWZXZ8 XWZXZ9 XWZXZA XWZXZB XWZXZF Outdoor AOUA72RLBV1 V-II Unit AOUA96RLBV1 (230 V) AOUA120RLBV1 AOUA72TLBV VR-II AOUA96TLBV (230 V) AOUA120TLBV AOUA72RLCV V-II AOUA96RLCV (460 V) AOUA120RLCV AOUA72TLCV VR-II...
  • Page 951 „ AIR OUTLET SHUTTER „ AIR OUTLET SHUTTER „ „ PLATE PLATE ● UTR-YDZB ● UTR-YDZC, UTR-YDZK ● For Compact Cassette type ● For Cassette type ● For Cicular flow Cassette type „ PANEL SPACER „ WIDE PANEL „ „ ●...
  • Page 952 „ FRESH AIR INTAKE KIT „ IR RECEIVER UNIT „ „ ● UTY-LRHYB1 ● UTZ-VXGA, UTZ-VXRA ● For Cassette type ● For Cassette type For use with wireless remote controller Model UTY- LNHU (must be purchased separately). „ IR RECEIVER UNIT „...
  • Page 953 Unit: in. (mm) „ AIR FILTER „ AIR FILTER „ „ ● UTD-LF25NA (2pcs.) ● UTD-LF60KA (2pcs.) ● For Medium Static Pressure Duct type ● For High Static Pressure Duct type 19-15/16 (507) „‚o‚oƒ?@‚X‚R‚V‚Q‚O‚R‚Q‚w‚w‚w PULL 16-15/16 (430) „ FLANGE (Square) „...
  • Page 954 „ REMOTE SENSOR UNIT „ HALF CONCEALED KIT „ „ ● UTR-STA ● UTY-XSZX ● For All Duct type ● For Compact Floor type „ PRESSURE SENSOR KIT „ ● UTY-SPWX ● For V-II series Controller Sensor Controller: Connect to Master outdoor unit Sensor: On the closest pipe of the indoor unit - (10 - 59) -...
  • Page 955 „ EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT „ EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT „ „ ● UTY-XWZXZ6 ● UTY-XWZXZ7 ● For Outdoor unit / RB unit ● For Indoor unit / Central remote controller „ EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT „ EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT „ „ ● UTY-XWZXZ8 ●...
  • Page 956 „ EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT „ EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT „ „ ● UTY-XWZXZD ● UTY-XWZXZC ● For Indoor unit ● For Indoor unit „ EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT „ EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT „ „ ● UTY-XWZXZE ● UTY-XWZXZF ● For Indoor unit ●...
  • Page 957 9. OPTIONAL PARTS INSTALLATION 9-1. DRAIN PUMP UNIT „ MODEL: UTZ-PU1NBA „ z Specifications „ Unit Specifications Pump Lift-up in. (mm) Maximum 39-3/8 (1,000) Power source 220-240V, 50/60Hz Input Power (230V, 50/60Hz) 12 / 10.8 Current (230V, 50/60Hz) 114 / 92 Dimensions (H ×...
  • Page 958 z Installing drain pump unit „ NOTE: Loosen the nut on the indoor unit and hook the tip of the bracket. Tighten the nut securely. Make sure that the drain pump unit is level. Hose band (Big) Hose band (Small) Joint hose Thread the hose band through the joint hose and secure to the drain pump unit and indoor unit.
  • Page 959 z Installing pipe „ Gap of 59-1/16 to 78-3/4in. (1.5 to 2.0m) Air vent Rise Supports Locally purchased Pipe [O.D.1-1/16in.] or more Trap Prohibited [O.D.1-5/16in.] or more Observe the following procedures to construct centralized drain pipe fittings. z Electrical wiring „...
  • Page 960 „ MODEL: UTZ-PU1EBA „ z Application indoor units „ Type Model name Ceiling ABUA30TLAV, ABUA36TLAV z Installing drain pump unit & Electrical wiring „ To indoor unit Drain hose B circuit board Float switch wire Drain pump assy (Connector: Red) Drain pump wire (Connector: Blue) Drain hose A...
  • Page 961 9-2. FRESH AIR INTAKE KIT (MODEL: UTZ-VXAA) „ FEATURE „ • Up to 10% of the units “high” air volume of outside air can be introduced into the “Fresh Air Intake Kit”. Connecting duct Indoor unit (Locally purchased) Panel Fresh air intake kit „...
  • Page 962 „ SPECIFICATIONS „ Model name UTZ-VXAA Fresh air Max. fresh air %(for High) intake intake volume Connection duct type in. (mm) ø 3-15/16 (100) Dimension 4-3/4 × 22-7/16 × 22-7/16 (120 × 570 × 570) in. (mm) (H × W × D) Gross 6-1/2 ×...
  • Page 963 „ PRECAUTION „ z About fresh air intake kit „ • The Fresh Air Intake Kit can be installed onto cassette type air conditioners. • The volume of ventilated air provided by the Fresh Air Intake Kit may be unable to fulfill ventilation regulations in all countries.
  • Page 964 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit: in. (mm) Min.17-11/16 (450) Inspection hatch 4-1/4 (108) 10-1/8 (257) 3-15/16 (100) 7-15/16 (201) 1-3/4 (45) (SIDE VIEW) 22-7/16 (570) (TOP VIEW) (SIDE VIEW) • When installing this kit, inspection hatch is necessary. (It is necessary when servicing.) - (10 - 69) -...
  • Page 965 „ AIRFLOW „ (200) 0.80 Unit: in. (mm) (150) 0.60 (100) 0.40 (50) 0.20 17-11/16 (450) Measurement location of data (50) (100) (150) (200) shown in graph Airflow [CFM (m /h)] - (10 - 70) -...
  • Page 966 „ FRESH AIR CONTROL OUTPUT „ • You can control duct fan by synchronization with fan operation of indoor unit. • Wire for fresh air control output is supplied with Fresh Air Intake Kit. • Extended length of the wire : Max. 82ft. (25m) z Connection diagram „...
  • Page 967 „ ACCESSORY PARTS „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Installation Extension wire for Extension wire for receiver kit receiving kit manual Chamber Adaptor for connecting Wire (External output  ) For connect indoor unit duct to relay of duct fan (For single or multi) Wire cover...
  • Page 968 9-3. FRESH AIR INTAKE KIT (MODELS: UTZ-VXRA, UTZ-VXGA) „ FEATURE „ • Up to 10% of the units “high” air volume of outside air can be introduced into the “Fresh Air Intake Kit”. Cassette type attached Fresh Air Intake Kit Indoor unit Connecting duct (Locally purchased)
  • Page 969 „ SPECIFICATIONS „ Model name UTZ-VXRA, UTZ-VXGA Fresh air Max. fresh air 2- way intake % (for High) intake intake volume 1- way intake Connection duct type ø 3-15/16 (100) in. (mm) Dimension 4-3/4 × 33-1/16 × 33-1/16 (120 × 840 × 840) in.
  • Page 970 „ PRECAUTION „ z About fresh air intake kit „ • The Fresh Air Intake Kit can be installed onto cassette type air conditioners. • The volume of ventilated air provided by the Fresh Air Intake Kit may be unable to fulfill ventilation regulations in all countries.
  • Page 971 „ DIMENSIONS „ Unit: in. (mm) □ Min. 17-11/16 (450) Inspection hatch □ Min. 17-11/16 (450) (TOP VIEW) 15-3/4 to 17-11/16 Inspection hatch (400 to 450) 2-3/16 (55) 33-1/16 (840) 2-3/16 (55) 3-15/16 (100) (SIDE VIEW) (SIDE VIEW) Standard type * Slim type * *: The size is different according to indoor unit used.
  • Page 972 „ AIRFLOW „ Unit: in. (mm) for 2-Way Intake (200) 0.80 39-3/8 (1000) (150) 0.60 (100) 0.40 1-Way Intake (50) 0.20 2-Way Intake Measurement location of data (50) (100) (150) (200) (250) (300) (350) (400) shown in graph Airflow [CFM (m /h)] for 1-Way Intake 39-3/8 (1000)
  • Page 973 „ FRESH AIR CONTROL OUTPUT „ • You can control duct fan by synchronization with fan operation of indoor unit. • Wire for fresh air control output is supplied with Fresh Air Intake Kit. • Extended length of the wire: Max. 82ft. (25m) z Connection diagram „...
  • Page 974 „ ACCESSORY PARTS „ Name and shape Q'ty Application Name and shape Q'ty Application Installation Insulation  Affixing the insulation manual outside of the kit Duct Flange Adaptor for connecting Insulation  Affixing the insulation duct outside of the cover Cover Protective cover to Cable Tie...
  • Page 975 9-4. AUTO LOUVER GRILLE KIT „ MODELS: „ UTD-GXSA-W, UTD-GXTA-W UTD-GXSB-W, UTD-GXTB-W „ SPECIFICATIONS „ UTD-GXSA-W UTD-GXSB-W Model name UTD-GXTA-W UTD-GXTB-W Power Supply Connecting with Control box of indoor unit Attachment of Auto Louver Louver attached by screws to the flange or rectangular duct Extension Square Duct Limit 39-3/8 (1.0) (Max.
  • Page 976 „ DIMENSIONS „ z MODELS : UTD-GXSA-W, UTD-GXTA-W „ Unit : in. (mm) 25-3/8 (645) P7-7/8 (200) x 3 = 23-5/16 (600) 4 x ø1/8 (3.2) Burring hole 2 x ø3/16 (5) Hole 10-3/8 (263) 3-5/16 (84) 26-7/8 (683) 2-15/16 (74) 2 x ø1/8 (3.2) Burring hole 1-1/8 (29) 21-7/8 (555)
  • Page 977 „ ACCESSORY PARTS „ Name and shape Q'ty Name and shape Q'ty Installation manual Screw-A 3/8 in. (10 mm) Operating manual Screw-B 3/8 in. (10 mm) Grille Cable clip Bracket frame Cable tie Bushing - (10 - 82) -...
  • Page 978 URL : http://www.fujitsu-general.com " " is a worldwide trademark of FUJITSU GENERAL LIMITED. * Microsoft, Internet Explorer, and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. * Adobe and Acrobat Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.

This manual is also suitable for:

Airstage aou36rlavmAirstage aou48rlavmAirstage aou60rlavmAirstage auua4tlav1Airstage auua7tlavAirstage auua9tlav ... Show all

Table of Contents